HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 40526SYSTEM PURCHASE AGREEMENT
CITY SECRETARY ,~/)~
CONTRACT NO .____.:ru:;2..-..... .... of... __ ~--
THIS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into by and between Motorola Inc., a
Delaware corporation duly authorized to conduct business in the State of Texas ("Motorola" or
"Seller"), and the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation organized under the laws of the
state of Texas ("Purchaser" or "City").
WITNESS ETH:
WHEREAS, the Purchaser desires to purchase a Communications System; and
WHEREAS, Motorola desires to sell a Communications System to Purchaser; and
WHEREAS, H-GAC, acting as the agent for various local governmental entities who are "End
Users" under interlocal agreements (including the Purchaser) has solicited quotations for radio
communications equipment and conducted discussions with Motorola concerning its proposal
and, where applicable, in accordance with the competitive procurement procedures of Texas law;
and
WHEREAS, H-GAC and Motorola entered into that certain Rad io Communications Equipment
& Systems Agreement dated as of January 1, 2008 (the "Contract"), which provided that End
Users may purchase radio communications equipment from Motorola pursuant to certain terms
contained therein; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Article 34 of the Contract, Motorola and Purchaser now wish to enter
into this System Purchase Agreement to delineate the specific terms of the purchase of radio
communications equipment from Motorola by the Purchaser.
THEREFORE, the parties hereby enter into an agreement pursuant to which Motorola shall
perform the work and furnish the equipment and services as more fully set forth herein and in the
following exhibits, which are either attached hereto or incorporated by reference and hereby
made a part of this Agreement:
Exhibit A
Exhibit B
Exhibit C
Exhibit D
Exhibit E
General Provisions.
Motorola Software License Agreement.
Motorola's Statement of Work, System Description, Acceptance Test Plan, and
Equipment List all dated April 21, 2010.
Motorola/H-GAC Radio Communications Equipment & Systems Agreement
dated January 1, 2008.
Motorola Enhanced System Support Statement of Work ("ESS Plan")
06-28-10 P0 2:39 IN
City of Fort Worth_Motorola
OFFICIAL RECORD P25 IP Trunked Radio System Agree ment
-I -CITY SECRETARY System Purchase Agmt.
FT. WORTH, TX
NOW, THEREFORE, for and in con sideration of the mutual promise s and covenants contained
herein, the partie s agree as follows:
Section 1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Motorola shall furni sh all of the equipment as outlined in Exhibit C and provide the tool s ,
supplies, labor and supervi sion nece ss ary for the in stallation of the items purchased in
accordance with Exhibit C.
B. In addition to responsibilities described in the Statement of Work, Purchaser shall
perform the following coincident with the performance of thi s Agreement:
(1) Provide a designated Project Director.
(2) Provide ingress and egre ss to Purchaser's facilitie s and/or site s as reque sted by Motorola
and have such facilitie s available for in stallation of the equipment to be in stalled.
(3) Provide adequate telephone lines (including modem acce ss and adequate interfacing
networking capabilities) for the in stallation and operation of the equipment.
( 4) Provide adequate AC Power at 117 V AC + 10 %, 60 Hz for the in stallation and operation
of the equipment.
(5) Provide a de signated work area with adequate heat and light, and a secure storage area for
equipment delivered to the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall be solely liable for loss or damage to
equipment prior to , during and following installation when such equipment i s on or within
Purchaser's facilitie s and/or vehicles.
Section 2 SITES
Thi s Agreement is predicated on the utilization of sites and site configurations, which h ave been
selected either by the Purchaser or by Motorola a s contained in the Motorola propo sal. In either
situation , should it be determined by either Motorola or Purchaser during the course of
performance on thi s Agreement that the sites or configuration selected are no longer available or
de sired, new or replacement site s or configuration will be selected and appro ved by both
Motorola and the Purchaser. If any price adju stments are nece ss ary as a re s ult of the se new or
replacement site s, such price adju stments will be added to thi s Agreement by change order in
accordance with Section 4 of the General Provi sion s .
Section 3 SUBSURFACE/STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS
Thi s Agreement and the Motorola propo sal are predicated upon normal soil conditions defined
by E.I.A. standard RS-222 (late st revi sion). Should Motorola encounter sub surface, structural,
and/or latent condition s at any site differing from tho se , indicated on the s pecification s, or as
used in the preparation of the bid price , the Purchaser will be given immediate notice of such
condition s before they are further di sturbed . Thereupon , Motorola and the Purchaser shall
City of Fo rt Worth _Motorola
P25 IP Trunked Radi o System Agreement OFFICIAL RECORD
-2 -CITY SECRETARY Sys te m Pu rc hase Ag mt.
FT. WORTH, TX
promptly investigate the conditions and, if found to be different, will adjust the plans and/or
specifications as may be necessary. Any changes that cause an adjustment in the contract price or
in time required for the performance of any part of the contract shall result in a contract
modification in accordance with Section 4 of the General Provisions.
Section 4 PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE
A. Motorola projects that it will be able to obtain final acceptance and completion of the
Acceptance Test Plan within three hundred (300) days after the contract is signed by all parties.
Upon execution of this Agreement, a Purchase Order, which shall operate as a Notice to Proceed,
shall be issued by the Purchaser's Project Manager in accordance with Exhibit A, Section 8. A
more detailed timeline shall be provided to Purchaser after the design review and customer kick-
off meeting.
B. Whenever Motorola knows or reasonably should know that any actual or potential
condition due to circumstances beyond its control is delaying or threatens to delay the timely
performance of the work, Motorola shall within thirty (30) days give Purchaser notice thereof and
may request an extension of time to perform the work. An extension shall only be granted upon
written agreement of both parties . If such extension will increase the cost of the Agreement, then
the extension must be approved in accordance with City requirements.
C. All equipment and materials necessary for this project shall be shipped directly to and
received by Motorola or its designated s ubcontractor at Motorola's expense. No materials or
equipment shall be shipped to or directly received by the Purchaser at any of its facilities or
properties.
Section 5 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
A. Motorola will test the Communications System in accordance with the Acceptance Test
Plan . System acceptance will occur upon the successful completion of such testing ("System
Acceptance") at which time both parties shall promptly execute a certificate of system
acceptance. If the Acceptance Test Plan includes separate tests for individual subsystems, both
parties shall promptly execute certificates of subsystem acceptance upon the successful
completion of testing of such su b systems. Minor omissions or variances in performance which
do not materially affect the operation of the Communications System as a whole will not
postpone System Acceptance. Purchaser and Motorola will jointly prepare a list of such
omissions and variances which Motorola will correct according to an agreed upon sc hedule .
B. Motorola agrees to notify Purchaser when the Communications System is ready for
acceptance testing. Motorola and Purchaser agree to commence acceptance testing within ten
( 10) business days after receiving such notification. If testing is delayed for reasons within the
control of Purchaser or its employees, contractors, agents or consultants for more than ten (10)
business days after notification, final payment will be due within thirty (30) days after s uch
notification and the Warranty Period. will commence immediately.
City of Fort Worth _Motorol a
P25 IP Trunked Radio Syste m Agree me nt OFFICIAL RECORD
-3 -CITY SECRETARY Syste m Purchase Agmt.
FT. WORTH, TX
C. Motorola may, but is not obligated to, issue written authorization for Purchaser to use the
Communications System or its subsystem(s) for limited training or testing purpo ses, prior to the
completion of testing by Motorola. Any use of the Communications Sy stem without prior written
authorization by Motorola shall con stitute System Acceptance.
Section 6 PAYMENT SCHEDULE
A. Motorola agree s to sell all of the equipment and perform the service s as outlined in the
Scope of Work, and Purchaser agree s to buy the aforementioned equipment and services for an
amount not to exceed $1,649,850.04, which includes any H-GAC admini stration fee s related to
this Agreement. The final price may be adjusted by change orders approved pursuant to
Statement of Work attached hereto as Exhibit "C".
B. Payments to Motorola shall be made according to the following mile stone s:
30% of the total contract price will be invoiced when purchaser execute s thi s agreement ;
40 % of the total contract price will be invoiced upon delivery of shipment of equipment to
Purchaser's facilitie s for in stallation pursuant to the agreed upon Performance Schedule which is
developed by the City and Motorola during the Design Review ;
15 % of the total contract price will be invoiced upon completion of Acceptance Te st Plan; and
15 % of the total contract price will be invoiced immediately after system acceptance.
C. During the Design Review , the City and Motorola will develop a Performance Schedule
to corres pond with the Payment Mi le stone s set forth herein in thi s section. In the event of any
sub stantial delay in providing sites , space, approvals , license s, or any other obligation s required
preceding delivery of Motorola equipment pursuant to the Performance Schedule, Purchaser or
Motorola shall initiate a Change Order to modify the Performance Schedule. The Change Order
shall be mutually agreed upon and executed by both parties . It i s agreed that Motorola will ship
equipment as planned, in the manner s pecified in thi s Contract. Purchaser shall make payment in
accordance with the Payment Milestones of thi s Agreement.
D. Payments to Motorola sh all be made as follow s :
(i) Motorola s hall immediately forward an invoice for the payment requested in
Section 6 (B) above to Purchaser upon comple tion of the corresponding mile stone.
(ii ) Purchaser shall pay the Motorola invoi ce within thirty (30) calendar days of
receipt.
E . Payment of H-GAC's admini strative fee:
Ci ty of Fo rt Worth_M o toro la
P25 IP Trunked Radi o Sys te m Agreeme nt
-4 -
OFFICIAL RECORD
CITY SECRETARY
FT. WORTH, TX
Syste m Purchase Ag mt.
Motorola will pay H-GAC in accordance with the payment terms of Contract No. RAOl-
08.
F . TERM. Unles s terminated in accordance with other provisions of this Agreement or
extended by mutual agreement of the Parties , the term of thi s Agreement begins on the last date
executed by all parties and continues until the date of Final Project Acceptance or expiration of
the Warranty Period , whichever occurs last. Post-Warranty services will be provided upon
completion of the Warranty Period as set forth in thi s Agreement Service Terms and Conditions
in Exhibit E along with the ESS Statement of Work.
Section 7 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
A. If the size or complexity of the project warrants, Motorola will a ss ign a Project Manager,
who is authorized to exercise technical direction of thi s project. Motorola, at any time , may
de signate a new or alternate Project Manager who se qualifications are acceptable to the
Purchaser with written notice to Purchaser and H-GAC .
B. All matters affecting the terms of thi s Agreement or the admini stration thereof shall be
referred to Motorola's Contract Administrator who shall have authority to negotiate changes in or
amendments to thi s Agreement. However, no changes to thi s Agreement shall be finally
approved unless agreed to in writing in accordance with the terms of thi s Agreement and signed
by an authorized representative of each party.
Section 8 NOTICE ADDRESSES
A. Motorola, Inc .
6450 Sequence Drive
San Diego , CA 92121
Attn.: Law Department
B. City of Fort Worth
C.
IT Solutions Department
1000 Throckmorton Street
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
With copy to the City Attorney
1000 Throckmorton Street
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
Houston-Galve ston Area Council
3555 Timmons Lane , Suite 120
Hou ston , Tex as 77027
Attn.: Public Serv ices Manager
City of Fort Worth_M otorola
P25 IP Trunked Rad io Syste m Agree ment
- 5 -
OFFICIAL RECORD
CITY SECRETARY
FT. WORTH, TX
Syste m Purchase Ag mt.
Section 9 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE
In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Exhibits, the inconsistency
shall be resolved in the following order:
Exhibit A
Exhibit B
General Provisions .
Motorola Software License.
Exhibit C Motorola's Statement of Work, System Description, Acceptance Test Plan and
Equipment List.
Exhibit E
Exhibit D
Motorola Enhanced System Support Statement of Work ("ESS Plan")
Motorola/H-GAC Radio Communications Equipment & Systems Agreement
dated January 1, 2008 .
Section 10 DISPUTES
Motorola and the Purchaser will attempt to settle any claim or controversy arising out of this
Agreement through consultation and negotiation in good faith and a spirit of mutual cooperation.
If those attempts fail, then the dispute may be mediated by a mutually acceptable mediator to be
chosen by Motorola and the Purchaser within thirty (30) days after written notice by one of the
parties demanding non-binding mediation. If the parties agree to mediation, neither party may
unreasonably withhold consent to the selection of a mediator, and Motorola and the Purchaser
will share the cost of the mediation equally; however, each party shall be liable for its own
expenses. By mutual agreement, however, Motorola and Purchaser may postpone mediation
until both parties have completed some agreed upon, but limited discovery about the dispute.
The parties may also agree to replace mediation with some other form of non-binding alternate
dispute resolution procedure ("ADR"). Any dispute resolution proceedings, including mediation,
shall be held in Tarrant County, Texas .
Any dispute which cannot be resolved between the parties through negotiation or mediation
within sixty (60) days of the date of the initial demand for it by one of the parties may then be
submitted to a court of competent jurisdiction in Texas. Both Motorola and Purchaser consent to
jurisdiction over it by such a court. The use of any ADR procedures will not be considered under
the doctrine of !aches, waiver or estoppel to affect adversely the rights of either party. Nothing
shall prevent either of the parties from resorting to the judicial proceedings mentioned in this
paragraph if (a) good faith efforts to attempt resolution of the dispute under these procedures
have been unsuccessful or (b) interim relief from the court is necessa to revent se · us and
irreparable injury to one of the parties or others.
City of Fort W orth_Motoro la
P25 IP Trunked Radio System Agreeme nt
-6 -
OFFICIAL RECORD
CITY SECRETARY
FT. WORTH, TX
Syste m Purch ase Ag mt.
Section 11 SEVERABILITY
If any portion of this Agreement or any exhibits hereto is held to be invalid, such provision or
portion of such provision shall be considered severable, and the remainder of this Agreement
shall not be affected.
Section 12 HEADINGS AND SECTION REFERENCES
The headings given to the paragraphs are inserted for convenience only and are in no way to be
construed as part of this Agreement or as a limitation of the scope of the particular paragraph to
which the heading refers.
Section 13 FULL AGREEMENT
This Agreement and its Exhibits constitute the final expression of the agreement of the parties
and supersedes all previous agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to
the work. This Agreement may not be altered, amended, or modified except by written
instrument signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties.
Section 14 RIGHT TO AUDIT
Motorola agrees that Purchaser shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment
under this contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent
books, documents, papers and records of Motorola involving transactions relating to this
contract. Purchaser may send a representative to a Motorola facility during normal business
hours to conduct such limited review, or at Purchaser's request Motorola will provide copies of
the specific documents to Purchaser 's location for its review. Motorola books and records
provided to Purchaser pursuant to this provision shall not be used, duplicated or disclosed to any
other third party without the express written permission of Motorola, unless required by law. In
no circumstances will Motorola be required to create or maintain documents not kept in the
ordinary course of Motorola's business operations, nor will Motorola be required to disclose any
information, including but not limited to product cost data, which it considers confidential or
proprietary to Motorola. Motorola agrees that Purchaser shall have access during normal
working hours to all necessary Motorola facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate
workspace in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this section.
Purchaser shall give Motorola reasonable advance notice of intended audits.
(a) Motorola further agrees to include in all its subcontractor agreements hereunder a
provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that Purchaser shall, until the expiration of
three (3) years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine
and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of such
subcontractor, subject to the provisions of the paragraph above , involving transactions to the
subcontract, and further, that Purchaser shall have access during normal working hours to all
subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate workspace, in order to
conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this article together with subsection (3)
hereof. Purchaser shall give subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits.
City of Fort Worth_Motorol a
P25 IP Trunked Radio System Agreement
- 7 -
OFFICIAL RECORD
CITY SECRETARY
FT. WORTH, TX
Sy ste m Purchase Agmt.
(b) Motorola and subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by
Purchaser. Purchaser agrees to reimburse Motorola and or subcontractor for the cost of copies at
the rate publi shed in the Texas Administrative Code in effect as of the time copying is
performed.
[Signature Page to Follow]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly
authorized representatives as of the last day and year written below.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
Name: Edward Fuerst Name: Karen L. Montgomery
(Print -Block Letters)
Title: MSSI Vide President & Director of Sales
_G_o_v_em_m_e_n_t_&_C_o_mm __ er_c_ia_l_M_ar_k_e_ts_-_A_m_e_r_ic_a_s __ Title: Assistant City Manager
(Print -Block Letters)
Date: June 21, 2010 _______ _
CONTRACT AUTHORIZATION:
M&C: Q_-al}a1~
Date Approved : ~ i 15) {;). 0 { 0
ATTEST Z
By /::it end ~ r Crnct=
City Secretary
City of Fort Wort h_Motorola
P25 IP Trunked Radi o System Agreement
-8 -
D ate: _t_/:L_~~)_J _0 ___ _
APPROVED TO FORM AND LEGALITY:
OFFICIAL RECORD
CITY SECRETARY
-_____ __.
Section 1
EXHIBIT A
GENERAL PROVISIONS
MOTOROLA, INC.
STANDARDS OF WORK
Motorola agrees that the performance of work described in this Agreement and pursuant
to this Agreement shall be done in a professional manner and shall conform to
professional standards within the industry. All packaging and packing shall be in
accordance with good commercial practice.
Section 2 TAXES
Purchaser is a tax exempt entity and shall not be liable for any taxes pursuant to this
Agreement. The prices set forth in the Agreement are exclusive of any amount for
Federal, State or Local excise, sales, lease, gross income service, rental, use, property,
occupation or similar taxes. If any of the above referenced taxes are applicable to this
transaction or Motorola is required to pay or bear the burden thereof, the Purchaser agrees
to pay to Motorola the amount of such taxes and any interest or penalty thereon no later
than thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor.
Section 3 SHIPPING, TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS
Title to the equipment shall pass to the Purchaser upon delivery to Purchaser's
designated site following issuance of a Purchase Order by Purchaser's Project Manager.
Risk of loss and damage to all equipment and materials shall be borne by the Seller until
such delivery as set forth above . The above notwithstanding, title to software and any
third party supp lied software shall not pass upon payment of the license fee therefor or
under any circumstances.
Section 4 CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. The Purchaser may, at any time, by written order, make changes within the
general scope of the work, including but not limited to revisions of, or additions to ,
portions of the work, or changes in method of shipment or packaging and place of
delivery.
B . If any order under this Section 4 causes an increase or decrease in the cost of or
time required for the performance of any part of the work under this Agreement, an
equitable adjustment shall be made in the Agreement price or delivery schedule, or both,
and the Agreement shall be modified in writing accordingly. Motorola is not obligated to
comply with any order hereunder unle ss and until the parties reach agreement as to the
aforementioned equitable adjustment and same is reflected as a <iloendu tG ·
Agreement. OFFICIAL RECORD
-I -
CITY SECRETARY
FT. WORTH, TX
System Purcha se Agmt
Section 5 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
Except for personal injury or death, or damage to tangible property caused by Motorola,
Motorola's total liability whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence,
indemnification, strict liability in tort or otherwise, is limited to the price of the particular
products or services sold hereunder with respect to which losses or damages are claimed.
IN NO EVENT WILL MOTOROLA BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF USE , LOSS OF
TIME, INCONVENIENCE, COMMERCIAL LOSS, LOST PROFITS OR SA VINOS OR
OTHER INCIDENT AL, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES TO THE
FULL EXTENT SUCH MAY BE DISCLAIMED BY LAW. This limitation of liability
provision survives the expiration or termination of the Agreement and applies
notwithstanding any contrary provision . No action shall be brought for any breach of this
contract more than one four (4) years after the accrual of such cause of action except for
money due upon an open account.
Section 6 EXCUSABLE DELAYS
A. Neither Motorola nor the Purchaser shall be responsible for delays or lack of
performance resulting from acts beyond the reasonable control of the party or parties.
Such acts shall include, but are not be limited to , acts of God; fire; strikes; material
shortages; compliance with laws or regulations; riots; acts of war; or any other conditions
beyond the reasonable control of the party or parties.
B. Delays as identified herein may cause an impact on the Period of Performance
stated in the Agreement. Such delays will be subject to an Agreement addendum as
described in Section 4.
Section 7 DEFAULT
A. If Motorola is wholly responsible for failure to make delivery or complete
installation under the Agreement, the Purchaser may consider Motorola to be in default,
unless such failure has been caused by the conditions set forth in Section 6 of these
General Provisions.
B. The Purchaser shall give Motorola written notice of such default and Motorola
shall have thirty (30) days to provide a plan of action to cure the default. If Motorola fails
to cure the default, the Purchaser may terminate any unfulfilled portion of this Agreement
or complete the system through a third party. In the event the Purchaser completes the
system through a third party, Motorola shall be responsible for an amount in excess of the
Agreement price, not to exceed the value of the terminated portion, incurred by the
Purchaser in completing the system to a capability not exceeding that specified in the
Agreement.
-2-Sys te m Purchase Ag mt
Section 8 NOTICE TO PROCEED
Purchaser shall issue a Purchase Order, which shall operate as the Notice to Proceed to
Motorola, prior to Motorola delivering any equipment or materials to the designated
Purchaser Site. Purchaser shall not be liable for any work performed by Motorola prior to
such Purchase Order being issued.
Section 9 LICENSES/ AUTHORIZATION
The Purchaser is solely responsible for obtaining any licenses or other authorizations
required by the Federal Communications Commission and for complying with FCC rules .
Neither Motorola nor any of its employees is an agent or representative of the Purchaser
in FCC matters or otherwise. Motorola, however, may assist in the preparation of the
license application at no charge to the Purchaser. Purchaser acknowledges that project
implementation is predicated on receipt of proper FCC licensing.
Section 10 INDEMNIFICATION
Motorola agrees to and hereby indemnifies and saves Purchaser and/or H-GAC harmless
from all liabilities, judgments, costs, damages and expenses which may accrue against, be
charged to, or recovered from the Purchaser and/or H-GAC by reason of or on account of
damage to the tangible property of the Purchaser or the property of, injury to, or death of
any person, to the extent and in the proportion that such damage or injury is caused by
Motorola's negligent acts or omissions or intentional conduct that of its employees,
subcontractors, or agents while on the premises of the Purchaser during the delivery and
installation of the communications equipment. IN NO EVENT WILL MOTOROLA BE
LIABLE FOR INCIDENT AL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
Section 11 EQUIPMENT COMPATIBILITY; PRODUCT SUPPORT
Motorola agrees that the equipment, will perform in accordance with the specifications
and representations stated in Motorola's Proposal and Equipment List included in this
Agreement. This Agreement does not extend to the performance of the equipment as a
part of a larger system generally nor specifically to equipment in combination with
products, elements or components not supplied by Motorola.
Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide replacement parts for
Motorola manufactured subscriber equipment for five (5) years and for Motorola
manufactured fixed infrastructure equipment for seven (7) years, both from the date of
last manufacture. Motorola reserves the right to supply either assemblies or piece parts.
-3 -Sys tem Purchase A gmt
Section 12 WARRANTIES
A. WARRANTY PERIOD. Upon System Acceptance, the System Functionality
representation described below is fulfilled. The Equipment and Motorola Software is
warranted for a period of one (1) year after System Acceptance ("Warranty Period") in
accordance with the applicable limited warranties shown below. In no event will the
warranty period last longer than eighteen (18) months after the shipment of the
equipment. Purchaser must notify Motorola in writing if Equipment or Motorola Software
does not conform to these warranties no later than one month after the expiration of the
Warranty Period.
B. SYSTEM FUNCTIONALITY. Motorola represents that the Communications
System will satisfy the functional requirements in Exhibit C. Upon System Acceptance,
this System Functionality representation is fulfilled. After System Acceptance, the
Equipment Warranty set forth below and the Software Warranty set forth in the Software
License Agreement will apply.
Motorola will not be responsible for performance deficiencies of the System caused by
ancillary equipment not furnished by Motorola attached to or used in connection with the
System provided hereunder. Additionally, Motorola will not be responsible for System
performance when the functionality is reduced for reasons beyond Motorola's control
including, but not limited to, i) an earthquake, adverse atmospheric conditions or other
natural causes; ii) the construction of a building that adversely affects the microwave path
reliability or RF coverage; iii) the addition of additional frequencies at System sites that
cause RF interference or intermodulation; iv) Purchaser changes to load usage and/or
configuration outside the parameters specified in Exhibit C; v) any other act of parties
who are beyond Motorola 's control, including Purchaser or its employees, contractors,
consultants or agents.
C. EQUIPMENT WARRANTY. Motorola warrants the Equipment against material
defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service during the Warranty
Period. Unless otherwise specified in writing, the Warranty Period for non-Motorola
manufactured Equipment will be as stated in this Section. At no additional charge and at
its option, Motorola will either repair the defective Equipment, replace it with the same or
equivalent Equipment, or refund the purchase price of the defective Equipment, and such
action on the part of Motorola will be the full extent of Motorola 's liability hereunder.
Repaired or replaced Equipment is warranted for the balance of the original applicable
warranty period. All replaced parts of the Equipment shall become the property of
Motorola.
THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO
a) Defects or damage resulting from use of the Equipment in other than its
normal and cu stomary manner.
-4-System Purchase Agmt
b) Defects or damage occurring from misuse, accident, water or neglect,
unless such defect or damage was caused by Motorola's workmanship or
performance.
c) Defects or damage occurring from testing, maintenance, installation,
alteration , modification, or adjustment not provided by Motorola pursuant
to this Communications System Agreement.
d) Breakage of or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in
material or workmanship.
e) Equipment that has been subjected to unauthorized modifications,
disassembly or repairs (including the addition to the Equipment of non-
Motorola supplied equipment if not authorized by Motorola) which
adversely affect performance of the Equipment or interfere with
Motorola's normal warranty inspection and testing of the Equipment to
verify any warranty claim.
f) Equipment that has had the serial number removed or made illegible .
g) Batteries (because they carry their own separate limited warranty).
h) Freight costs to the repair depot.
i) Equipment that has been subject to illegal or unauthorized alteration of the
software/firmware in the Equipment.
j) Scratches or other cosmetic damage to Equipment surfaces that does not
affect the operation of the Equipment.
k) Software.
l) Normal or customary wear and tear.
D. Motorola Software Warranty. Motorola Software is warranted in accordance with
the terms of the Software License Agreement attached as Exhibit B.
E . These express limited warranties as set forth in this Section are extended by
Motorola to the original end user purchasing or leasing the System for commercial,
industrial, or governmental use only, and are not assignable or transferable . These are the
complete warranties for the Equipment and Software provided pursuant to this
Agreement.
F. THESE WARRANTIES ARE GIVEN IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR
CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
. 5. Sys tem Purchase Agmt
PURPOSE. EXCEPT FOR DAMAGES FOR PERSONAL INJURY , INCLUDING
DEATH , OR DAMAGE TO TANGIBLE PROPERTY CAUSED BY MOTOROLA , IN
NO EVENT WILL MOTOROLA BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE
PURCHASE PRICE OF THE EQUIPMENT. IN NO EVENT WILL MOTOROLA BE
LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF TIME , INCONVENIENCE ,
COMMERCIAL LOSS , LOST PROFITS OR SA VIN GS OR OTHER INCIDENT AL ,
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT , TO THE FULL EXTENT SUCH
MAY BE DISCLAIMED BY LAW .
Section 13 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
Motorola proprietary computer programs will be released in accordance with the
Software Licen se provision s set forth elsewhere, if applicable. All other material and
information of confidential nature marked Motorola PROPRIETARY and
CONFIDENTIAL will be released as nece ss ary under the following conditions:
(1) Purchaser shall exercise rea sonable and prudent mea sure s to keep the se items in
confidence.
(2) Purchaser shall not disclose these items to third partie s without prior written
permission, unle ss Motorola makes them public or Purchaser learns them rightfully from
sources independent of Motorola, or it is required by law to be disclosed .
(3) Motorola, where necessary, retain s the right to pre scribe specific security
measure s for the Purchaser to follow to maintain the confidentiality.
In the event di sclo sure of such information is necessary , a separate Non-Disclo sure
Agreement will be required.
Section 14 SOFTWARE LICENSE
A. Motorola Software. Any Motorola Software furni shed will be licensed to
Purchaser solely according to the term s and re striction s of the Software Licen se
Agreement attached as Exhibit B. Purcha ser hereby accepts all of the term s and
re striction s of the Software Licen se Agreement.
B. Non-Motorola Software . Any Non-Motorola Software furni shed by Motorola will
be subject to the term s and restriction s of it s copyright owner unle ss such copyright
owner has granted to Motorola the right to sublicense such Non-Motorol a Software, in
which case the Software License Agreement (including any addendum to sati sfy such
copyright owner 's requirements) shall apply.
- 6 -Sys tem Pu r chase A gmt
Section 15 PATENT INDEMNIFICATION
Motorola will defend at its expense any suit brought against Customer to the extent it is
based on a third party claim alleging that the Equipment manufactured by Motorola or the
Motorola Software infringes upon the third party's United States patent or copyright
("Infringement Claim"), and Motorola will indemnify Customer for those costs and
damages finally awarded against Customer for an Infringement Claim. Motorola's duties
to defend and indemnify are conditioned upon: Customer promptly notifying Motorola in
writing of the Infringement Claim; Motorola having sole control of the defense of the suit
and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise; and Customer providing to
Motorola cooperation and, if requested by Motorola, reasonable assistance in the defense
of the Infringement Claim.
If an Infringement Claim occurs, or in Motorola's opinion is likely to occur, Motorola
may at its option and expense procure for Customer the right to continue using the
Equipment or Motorola Software, replace or modify it so that it becomes non-infringing
while providing functionally equivalent performance, or grant Customer a credit for the
Equipment or Motorola Software as depreciated and accept its return . The depreciation
amount will be calculated based upon generally accepted accounting standards for such
Equipment and Motorola Software.
Motorola will have no duty to defend or indemnify for any Infringement Claim that is
based upon the combination of the Equipment or Motorola Software with any software,
apparatus or device not furnished by Motorola; the use of ancillary equipment or software
not furnished by Motorola and that is attached to or used in connection with the
Equipment or Motorola Software; any Equipment that is not Motorola's design or
formula; a modification of the Motorola Software by a party other than Motorola; or the
failure by Customer to install an enhancement release to the Motorola Software that is
intended to correct the claimed infringement. The foregoing states the entire liability of
Motorola with respect to infringement of patents and copyrights by the Equipment,
Motorola Software, or any of their parts .
Section 16 DISCLAIMER OF PATENT LICENSE
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to grant, either directly or by
implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license under any patents or patent applications of
Motorola, except that Purchaser shall have the normal non-exclusive royalty-free license
to use that is implied, or otherwise arises by operation of law, in the sale of a product.
Section 17 WAIVER
Failure or delay on the part of Motorola or Purchaser to exercise right or power hereunder
shall not operate as a waiver thereof.
Section 18 GOVERNING LAW/ VENUE
-7 -Sys te m Purchase Agmt
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State of Texas. Any action brought pursuant to this Agreement shall be in Tarrant
County, Texas.
Section 19 ASSIGN ABILITY
The Agreement may not be assigned by either party hereto without the prior written
consent of the other party; however, Motorola may assign this order to one of its
Subsidiaries as in the normal course of business. In the event Motorola assigns the right
to receive payment to one of its affiliates, then Customer shall be authorized to request a
sworn affidavit from the affiliate verifying its right to receive payment from Motorola
prior to making such payment. In addition, in the event Motorola separates one or more of
its businesses (each a "Separated Business"), whether by way of a sale, establishment of a
joint venture, spin-off or otherwise (each a "Separation Event"), Motorola may, without
the prior written consent of the other Party and at no additional cost to Motorola, assign
this Agreement such that it will continue to benefit the Separated Business and its
affiliates (and Motorola and its affiliates, to the extent applicable) following the
Separation Event. Such assignment will not relieve Motorola of its duties or obligations
under this Agreement to the City.
. 8. Sys te m Purchase Agmt
Exhibit B
Software License Agreement
This Exhibit B, Software License Agreement ("Agreement") is between Motorola, Inc.,
("Motorola"), and ("Licensee").
For good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:
Section 1 DEFINITIONS
1.1 "Designated Products" means products provided by Motorola to Licensee with
which or for which the Software and Documentation is licensed for use.
1.2 "Documentation" means product and software documentation that specifies
technical and performance features and capabilities, and the user, operation and training
manuals for the Software (including all physical or electronic media upon which such
information is provided).
1.3 "Open Source Software" means software with either freely obtainable source
code, license for modification, or permission for free distribution.
1.4 "Open Source Software License" means the terms or conditions under which the
Open Source Software is licensed.
1.5 "Primary Agreement" means the agreement to which this exhibit is attached.
1.6 "Security Vulnerability" means a flaw or weakness in system security procedures,
design, implementation, or internal controls that could be exercised (accidentally
triggered or intentionally exploited) and result in a security breach such that data is
compromised, manipulated or stolen or the system damaged.
1.7 "Software" (i) means proprietary software in object code format, and adaptations,
translations , de-compilations, disassemblies, emulations, or derivative works of such
software; (ii) means any modifications, enhancements, new versions and new releases of
the software provided by Motorola; and (iii) may contain one or more items of software
owned by a third party supplier. The term "Software" does not include any third party
software provided under separate license or third party software not licensable under the
terms of this Agreement.
Section 2 SCOPE
Motorola and Licensee enter into this Agreement in connection with Motorola's delivery
of certain proprietary Software or products containing embedded or pre-loaded
proprietary Software, or both. This Agreement contains the terms and conditions of the
OFFICIAL RECORD
-1 -CITY SECRETARY System Purchase Agmt
FT. WORTH, TX
license Motorola 1s providing to Licensee, and Licensee's use of the Software and
Documentation.
Section 3 GRANT OF LICENSE
3.1. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the payment of applicable license
fees, Motorola grants to Licensee a personal, limited, non-transferable (except as
permitted in Section 7) and non-exclusive license under Motorola's copyrights and
Confidential Information (as defined in the Primary Agreement) embodied in the
Software to use the Software, in object code form, and the Documentation solely in
connection with Licensee's use of the Designated Products. This Agreement does not
grant any rights to source code.
3.2. If the Software licensed under this Agreement contains or is derived from Open
Source Software, the terms and conditions governing the use of such Open Source
Software are in the Open Source Software Licenses of the copyright owner and not this
Agreement. If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and
the terms and conditions of the Open Source Software Licenses governing Licensee's use
of the Open Source Software, the terms and conditions of the license grant of the
applicable Open Source Software Licenses will take precedence over the license grants in
this Agreement. If requested by Licensee, Motorola will use commercially reasonable
efforts to: (i) determine whether any Open Source Software is provided under this
Agreement; (ii) identify the Open Source Software and provide Licensee a copy of the
applicable Open Source Software License (or specify where that license may be found);
and, (iii) provide Licensee a copy of the Open Source Software source code, without
charge, if it is publicly available (although distribution fees may be applicable).
Section 4 LIMITATIONS ON USE
4.1 . Licensee may use the Software only for Licensee's internal business purposes and
only in accordance with the Documentation. Any other use of the Software is strictly
prohibited. Without limiting the general nature of these restrictions, Licensee will not
make the Software available for use by third parties on a "time sharing," "application
service provider," or "service bureau" basis or for any other similar commercial rental or
sharing arrangement.
4.2. Licensee will not, and will not allow or enable any third party to: (i) reverse
engineer, disassemble, peel components, decompile, reprogram or otherwise reduce the
Software or any portion to a human perceptible form or otherwise attempt to recreate the
source code; (ii) modify, adapt, create derivative works of, or merge the Software; (iii)
copy, reproduce, distribute, lend, or lease the Software or Documentation to any third
party, grant any sublicense or other rights in the Software or Documentation to any third
party, or take any action that would cause the Software or Documentation to be placed in
the public domain; (iv) remove, or in any way alter or obscure, any copyright notice or
other notice of Motorola's proprietary rights; (v) provide, copy, transmit, disclose, divulge
or make the Software or Documentation available to, or permit the use of the Software by
any third party or on any machine except as expressly authorized by this Agreement; or
-2-Sys te m Purchase Agmt
(vi) use, or permit the use of, the Software in a manner that would result in the production
of a copy of the Software solely by activating a machine containing the Software.
Licensee may make one copy of Software to be used solely for archival, back-up, or
disaster recovery purposes; provided that Licensee may not operate that copy of the
Software at the same time as the original Software is being operated. Licensee may make
as many copies of the Documentation as it may reasonably require for the internal use of
the Software.
4.3. Unless otherwise authorized by Motorola in writing, Licensee will not, and will
not enable or allow any third party to: (i) install a licensed copy of the Software on more
than one unit of a Designated Product; or (ii) copy onto or transfer Software installed in
one unit of a Designated Product onto one other device. Licensee may temporarily
transfer Software installed on a Designated Product to another device if the Designated
Product is inoperable or malfunctioning, if Licensee provides written notice to Motorola
of the temporary transfer and identifies the device on which the Software is transferred.
Temporary transfer of the Software to another device must be discontinued when the
original Designated Product is returned to operation and the Software must be removed
from the other device. Licensee must provide prompt written notice to Motorola at the
time temporary transfer is discontinued.
4.4. When using Motorola's Radio Service Software ("RSS "), Licensee must purchase
a separate license for each location at which Licensee uses RSS. Licensee's use of RSS at
a licensed location does not entitle Licensee to use or access RSS remotely. Licensee
may make one copy of RSS for each licensed location . Licensee shall provide Motorola
with a list of all locations at which Licensee uses or intends to use RSS upon Motorola's
request.
4.5. Licensee will maintain, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of two
years thereafter, accurate records relating to this license grant to verify compliance with
this Agreement. Motorola or an independent third party ("Auditor") may inspect
Licensee's premises, books and records, upon reasonable prior notice to Licensee, during
Licensee's normal business hours and subject to Licensee's facility and security
regulations. Motorola is responsible for the payment of all expenses and costs of the
Auditor. Any information obtained by Motorola and the Auditor will be kept in strict
confidence by Motorola and the Auditor and used solely for the purpose of verifying
Licensee's compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
Section 5 OWNERSHIP AND TITLE
Motorola, its licensors, and its suppliers retain all of their proprietary rights in any form in
and to the Software=and Documentation, including, but not limited to, all rights in patents,
patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, trade names, and
other proprietary rights in or relating to the Software and Documentation (including any
corrections, bug fixes, enhancements, updates, modifications, adaptations, translations,
de-compilations, disassemblies, emulations to or derivative works from the Software or
Documentation, whether made by Motorola or another party, or any improvements that
result from Motorola's processes or, provision of information services). No rights are
-3 -Sys tem Purchase Agmt
granted to Licensee under this Agreement by implication, estoppel or otherwise, except
for those rights which are expressly granted to Licensee in this Agreement. All
intellectual property developed, originated, or prepared by Motorola in connection with
providing the Software, Designated Products, Documentation or related services, remains
vested exclusively in Motorola, and Licensee will not have any shared development or
other intellectual property rights .
Section 6 LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY
6.1. The commencement date and the term of the Software warranty will be a period of
ninety (90) days from Motorola's shipment of the Software (the "Warranty Period"). If
Licensee is not in breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement, Motorola
warrants that the unmodified Software, when used properly and in accordance with the
Documentation and this Agreement, will be free from a reproducible defect that
eliminates the functionality or successful operation of a feature critical to the primary
functionality or successful operation of the Software . Whether a defect occurs will be
determined by Motorola solely with reference to the Documentation. Motorola does not
warrant that Licensee's use of the Software or the Designated Products will be
uninterrupted, error-free, completely free of Security Vulnerabilities, or that the Software
or the Designated Products will meet Licensee's particular requirements . Motorola
makes no representations or warranties with respect to any third party software included
in the Software.
6 .2 Motorola's sole obligation to Licensee and Licensee's exclusive remedy under
this warranty is to use reasonable efforts to remedy any material Software defect covered
by this warranty. These efforts will involve either replacing the media or attempting to
correct significant, demonstrable program or documentation errors or Security
Vulnerabilities. If Motorola cannot correct the defect within a reasonable time, then at
Motorola's option, Motorola will replace the defective Software with functionally-
equivalent Software, license to Licensee substitute Software which will accomplish the
same objective, or terminate the license and refund the Licensee's paid license fee.
6 .3. Warranty claims are described in the Primary Agreement.
6.4 . The express warranties set forth in this Section 6 are in lieu of, and Motorola
disclaims, any and all other warranties (express or implied, oral or written) with respect to
the Software or Documentation, including, without limitation, any and all implied
warranties of condition, title, non-infringement, merchantability, or fitness for a particular
purpose or use by Licensee (whether or not Motorola knows, has reason to know, has
been advised, or is otherwise aware of any such purpose or use), whether arising by law,
by reason of custom or usage of trade, or by course of dealing. In addition, Motorola
disclaims any warranty to any person other than Licensee with respect to the Software or
Documentation.
. 4 . System Purcha se Agmt
Section 7 TRANSFERS
Licensee will not transfer the Software or Documentation to any third party without
Motorola's prior written consent. Motorola's consent may be withheld at its discretion
and may be conditioned upon transferee paying all applicable license fees and agreeing to
be bound by this Agreement. If the Designated Products are Motorola's radio products
and Licensee transfers ownership of the Motorola radio products to a third party, Licensee
may assign its right to use the Software (other than RSS and Motorola's FLASHport®
software) which is embedded in or furnished for use with the radio products and the
related Documentation; provided that Licensee transfers all copies of the Software and
Documentation to the transferee, and Licensee and the transferee sign a transfer form to
be provided by Motorola upon request, obligating the transferee to be bound by this
Agreement.
Section 8 TERM AND TERMINATION
8.1 Licensee's right to use the Software and Documentation will begin when the
Primary Agreement is signed by both parties and will continue for the life of the
De signated Products with which or for which the Software and Documentation have been
provided by Motorola, unless Licensee breaches this Agreement, in which case this
Agreement and Licensee's right to use the Software and Documentation may be
terminated immediately upon notice by Motorola.
8 .2 Within thirty (30) days after termination of this Agreement, Licensee must certify
in writing to Motorola that all copies of the Software have been removed or deleted from
the Designated Products and that all copies of the Software and Documentation have been
returned to Motorola or destroyed by Licensee and are no longer in use by Licensee.
8.3 Licensee acknowledges that Motorola made a considerable investment of
resources in the development, marketing, and distribution of the Software and
Documentation and that Licensee's breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable
harm to Motorola for which monetary damages would be inadequate. If Licensee
breaches this Agreement, Motorola may terminate this Agreement and be entitled to all
available remedies at law or in equity (including immediate injunctive relief and
repossession of all non-embedded Software and associated Documentation unless
Licensee is a Federal agency of the United States Government).
- 5 -Sy stem Purc hase Agmt
Section 9 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT LICENSING PROVISIONS
This Section applies if Licensee is the United States Government or a United
States Government agency. Licensee's use, duplication or disclosure of the
Software and Documentation under Motorola's copyrights or trade secret rights is
subject to the restrictions set forth in subparagraphs (c)(l) and (2) of the
Commercial Computer Software-Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52.227-19
(JUNE 1987), if applicable, unless they are being provided to the Department of
Defense. If the Software and Documentation are being provided to the
Department of Defense, Licensee's use, duplication , or disclosure of the Software
and Documentation is subject to the restricted rights set forth in subparagraph
(c)(l)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at
DFARS 252.227-7013 (OCT 1988), if applicable. The Software and
Documentation may or may not include a Restricted Rights notice, or other notice
referring to this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement will continue to
apply, but only to the extent that they are consistent with the rights provided to the
Licensee under the provisions of the FAR or DFARS mentioned above, as
applicable to the particular procuring agency and procurement transaction.
Section 10 CONFIDENTIALITY
Licensee acknowledges that the Software and Documentation contain Motorola's
valuable proprietary and Confidential Information and are Motorola's trade secrets, and
that the provisions in the Primary Agreement concerning Confidential Information apply .
Section 11 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
The Limitation of Liability provision is described in the Primary Agreement.
Section 12 NOTICES
Notices are described in the Primary Agreement.
Section 13 GENERAL
13.1. COPYRIGHT NOTICES . The existence of a copyright notice on the Software
will not be construed as an admission or presumption of publication of the Software or
public disclosure of any trade secrets associated with the Software.
13.2. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Licensee acknowledges that the Software is
subject to the laws and regulations of the United States and Licensee will comply with all
applicable laws and regulations, including export laws and regulations of the United
States. Licensee will not, without the prior authorization of Motorola and the appropriate
governmental authority of the United States, in any form export or re-export, sell or
- 6 -Sys tem Purchase Agmt
resell, ship or reship, or divert, through direct or indirect means, any item or technical
data or direct or indirect products sold or otherwise furnished to any person within any
territory for which the United States Government or any of its agencies at the time of the
action , requires an export license or other governmental approval. Violation of this
provision is a material breach of this Agreement.
13.3 . ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBCONTRACTING. Motorola may assign its rights or
subcontract its obligations under this Agreement, or encumber or sell its rights in any
Software, without prior consent of Licensee. However, in the event Motorola assigns the
right to receive payment to one of its affiliates, then Licensee shall be authorized to
request a sworn affidavit from the affiliate verifying its right to receive payment from
Motorola prior to making such payment. In addition, in the event Motorola separates one
or more of its businesses (each a "Separated Business"), whether by way of a sale,
establishment of a joint venture , spin-off or otherwise (each a "Separation Event"),
Motorola may, without the prior written consent of the other Party and at no additional
cost to Motorola, assign this Agreement such that it will continue to benefit the Separated
Business and its affiliates (and Motorola and its affiliates, to the extent applicable)
following the Separation Event. Such assignment will not relieve Motorola or its duties or
obligation s under this Agreement to the City. Such assignment will not relieve Motorola
of its duties or obligations under this Agreement to the City.
13.4. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement i s governed by the laws of the United
States to the extent that they apply and otherwise by the internal substantive laws of the
State to which the Software is shipped if Licensee is a sovereign government entity, or the
internal substantive laws of the State of Illinois if Licensee is not a sovereign government
entity. The terms of the U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of
Goods do not apply. In the event that the Uniform Computer Information Transaction
Act, any version of this Act, or a substantially similar law (collectively "UCIT A")
becomes applicable to a party's performance under this Agreement, UCIT A doe s not
govern any aspect of this Agreement or any license granted under this Agreement, or any
of the parties' rights or obligations under this Agreement. The governing law will be that
in effect prior to the applicability of UCIT A.
13.5. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. Thi s Agreement is entered into solely for the
benefit of Motorola and Licen see. No third party ha s the right to make any claim or
assert any right under this Agreement, and no third party is deemed a beneficiary of thi s
Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any licen sor or supplier of third party
software included in the Software will be a direct and intended third party beneficiary of
thi s Agreement.
13.6. SURVIVAL. Section s 4, 5 , 6.3, 7, 8, 9 , 10, 11 and 13 survive the termination of
thi s Agreement.
13 .7. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE . In the event of incon sistencies between this Exhibit
and the Primary Agreement , the parties agree that thi s Exhibit prevails , only with re spect
to the specific subject matter of this Exhibit, and not the Primary Agreement or any other
exhibit as it applies to any other subject matter.
-7 -System Purchase Ag mt
13 .8 SECURITY. Motorola uses reasonable mean s in the de sign and writing of it s
own Software and the acqui sition of third party Software to limit Security Vulnerabilities .
While no software can be guaranteed to be free from Security Vulnerabilities, if a
Security Vulnerability is di scovered, Motorola will take the step s set forth in Section 6 of
thi s Agreement.
-8 -System Purcha se Agmt
Exhibit C
Technical and Implementation Documents
Motorola 's Statement of Work, System Descr iption , Acceptance Te st Plan and
Equipment Li st
-9 -
OFFICIAL RECORD
CITY SECRETARY
FT. WORTH, TX
System Purcha se Agmt
Section 1. System Description
1.1 Technology and System Architecture Proposed
The City of Fort Worth currently utilizes two analog SMARTNET systems to provide
radio communications throughout the city and outlying areas. The City of Fort Worth
has requested a proposal for an ASTRO 25 digital system to provide digital coverage
within the City of Fort Worth, and to allow for future growth to the system. This will
allow the city to add sites to this system in as the City boundaries expand into places
like the Walch Ranch and elsewhere. Further it provides the City interoperability with
the surrounding City of Dallas and North Central Texas COG systems and as a
beginning point for migration to an APCO Project 25 compliant trunked radio
communications system.
Motorola proposes an ASTRO 25 solution to meet the City of Fort Worth's goals .
Our proposed solution is an IP-based digital trunked radio system that is capable of
advanced trunking features and expandability . Our design is for a robust radio
communications system and we are confident our design meets the City of Fort
Worth's current goals. This solution leverages the City of Fort Worth's existing
investment in sites , infrastructure, and subscribers while providing interoperability
with other agencies, and a provides vehicle for a future migration and growth of the
City's radio system.
The system design consists of an ASTRO 25 Master Site, an 800 MHz ASTRO 25
Site Repeater Subsystem and a 700 MHz ASTRO 25 Site Repeater Subsystem at
Burnett Plaza, Console system, and a single ISSI interface for the proposed City of
Fort Worth ASTRO 25 system to interface to the City of Dallas ASTRO 25 system.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
su bject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-1
Utilization of Existing Sites
The proposed system utilizes the City's existing assets, as outlined in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1: Reuse of Existing City of Fort Worth Sites in New System
Existing Site Name I Site Type
Eagle Mountain Communication Tower Site ASTRO 25 Master Site (Currently an RF Site on the
analog Simulcast System and will continue in that
role. Will also be the location of the Master Site for the
ASTRO 25 system)
Burnett Plaza Building Site RF Site (Currently used as SMARTNET Prime and
Remote Simulcast Site and also is the location of the
SMARTNET Single Site system. It will continue in its
current role, as well as serving as an RF Site for the
ASTRO 25 System). The RF Site for the ASTRO 25
will have two ESS Repeater Sub-Systems one in the
800 MHz sub-system and one 700 MHz sub-system
Bolt Street Dispatch Site Dispatch for the ASTRO 25 System (Continues use
as Dispatch Site for the existing SMARTNET
systems)
Alternate Dispatch Center Remains in its current role of dispatch on the existing
SMARTNET systems and has two added resources
for interfacing with the ASTRO 25 system at an RF
control station level.
1.1.1
•
The System Solution for the City of Fort Worth, Texas
The major components of the ASTRO 25 system as designed include :
• A Project 25 Master Site located at the Eagle Mountain Water Treatment
Communications Tower Site.
• A RF-based 800 MHz ASTRO Site Repeater system located at the Burnett Plaza
Building Site.
• A RF-based 700 MHz ASTRO Site Repeater system located at the Burnett Plaza
Building Site.
• Modifications to the Console System at the Bolt Street Dispatch Center to allow
direct interface to resources on the ASTRO 25 system. These modifications will
allow this site to continue to dispatch on the two existing SMARTNET Systems .
• Minor additions to the console system at the Alternate Dispatch location . This
additional equipment will allow the console operators at this location to access
resources on the ASTRO 25 system through two control stations that will be
located at this site.
• ISSI Interface for the proposed City of Fort Worth ASTRO 25 system to connect
to the existing City of Dallas network.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-2
1.1.2 A Brief Summary of the System Solution for the City of
Fort Worth, Texas
•
The City of Fort Worth currently has two console systems interconnect to their two
existing SMARTNET Systems. This is done via two Ambassador Electronics Bank
(AEB) systems . One AEB is located at the Bolt Street dispatch center and a second
AEB is located at the Alternate dispatch location.
The proposed system includes a new two card cage AEB and main and redundant
Motorola Gold Elite Gateways (MGEGs). These will be located at the Eagle
Mountain Site along with the Master Site Equipment. This AEB will be equipped to
handle the existing six Central Electronic Banks (CEBs) and the future single CEB
for TCCCD that are currently or are scheduled to be interconnected to the AEB at
Bolt Street. As part of the implementation process , some of the Ambassador Cards
(AMB) currently located in the Bolt Street AEB will be removed and reused at the
Eagle Mountain Site. Once the CEB interconnections have been established and cut-
over to the Eagle Mountain Site, the AEB at Bolt Street will be decommissioned.
Our proposed console design allows Gold Elite Console Operators located at Bolt
Street to control existing resources on the two existing SMAR TNET systems , and
control additional resources on the ASTRO 25 system. The ASTRO 25 interface will
be accomplished via the new Gold Elite ASTRO 25 interface (AEB/MGEG system)
located at Eagle Mountain.
The connections from the AEB to the CEBs at the Alternate Dispatch Site for the two
existing SMARTNET systems will not change. Two ASTRO 25 XTL 5000 Desktop
units (in a rack-mount configuration) and two Base Station Interface Modules (BIMs)
will be added to this site . The console operators at this location will be able to
dispatch on the SMARTNET system as they do today . They will also be able to
dispatch selected and preprogrammed talkgroups on the ASTRO 25 system via the
two XTL 5000 consolettes .
The proposed system will utilize the existing Eagle Mountain Site to house the master
site equipment. The remote 800 MHz and 700 MHz RF Site Repeaters equipment
will be located at the existing Burnett Plaza Site . New antenna systems are included
for the remote RF site . The antenna system for this site will use SC412-HF2LDF
series antennas . These antennas are Collinear omni-directional , 11.5 dBd gain , HD ,
746-869 MHz antennas . These antennas were chosen because of the current antenna
structure loading at the site and because of they will cover the entire band.
The Bolt Street CEBs will connect to the Master Site via 25 Tls supplied by the City
of Fort Worth microwave system . These additional Tls are necessary to carry console
data between the the existing six Central Electronic Banks (CEBs) and the future
single CEB for TCCCD (Tl terminated at Bolt Street) that will be connected in the
system as designed, between Bolt Street and the Master Site location. This is the
number of T 1 s required to reconfigure the existing links from E 1 Manchester links , to
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-3
•
Tl links in a X-bus redundant configuration so that the same amount of console data
that is used today can be managed by the AEB located at the Eagle Mountain Master
Site. The ?1h CEB will be a remote CEB located at the Tarrant County Community
College District (TCCCD) dispatch center. This CEB is scheduled to come online
during the summer of 2010 . This proposal assumes that the ?1h CEB's Tl link will be
cross-connected at the Bolt Street facility and routed to the Eagle Mountain master
site. The TCCCD ?1h CEB will utilize Point-to-Point microwave as the transport to
the Bolt Street facility. With the additional cross-connect of this Tl link from the Bolt
Street facility to the Eagle Mountain master site there is the possibility of exceeding
the maximum allowable delay of this circuit. If this link is found to exceed the
maximum delay it will be the responsibility of TCCCD to find an alternate T 1 circuit
from their CEB to the Eagle Mountain master site . Motorola will work with the City
of Fort Worth to assure that TCCCD is notified in advance of relocating the Tl links
to the Eagle Mountain link.
The remote RF site at Burnett Plaza will connect to the Master Site via two Tis
supplied by the City of Fort Worth microwave system. The City of Fort Worth is
responsible for any modifications to the microwave system or other transport means
to make these Tl connections between Bolt Street, Burnett Plaza, and the Master
Site.
Two Network Management (NM) Clients will be included in this proposal. One of
these Network Management Clients will be located at the Eagle Mountain Master
Site. The second client will be located at the Radio Communications Shop for the
City of Fort Worth. The remote client at the City of Fort Worth Radio
Communications Shop will be connected to the Master Site via a City of Fort Worth
supplied Tl. The Radio Communications Shop site will contain a router for this
purpose. The proposal includes a single license for each application on the NM
system. The City of Fort Worth is responsible for supplying the Tl connectivity
between these two sites.
Connection to the City of Dallas and NCTCOG will be via the Inter RF Subsystem
Interface (ISSI) and with Customer-supplied Tl circuits between these systems. The
additional single interface ISSI equipment and software required for the City of Fort
Worth and City of Dallas are included in this proposal. Please note that for the City of
Dallas, we have included equipment to upgrade the existing ISS 1.1 network gateway
only. This is based on current knowledge of the City of Dallas 's ISS. l system design.
System operation, interagency agreements , communication, and coordination are a
responsibility of the City of Fort Worth and Dallas. Should the City of Dallas ISSI. I
system change prior to a formal interagency agreement being reached with the City of
Dallas, Motorola will revisit this interface to confirm what additional, (if any)
changes will be necessary to the proposed ISSI. l solution .
This proposal includes an additional UPS for the Burnett Plaza Site, but does not
include a generator, shelters , HVAC , for any of the other sites described in this
proposal. It is our assumption that the current HV AC, generators , and electrical
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-4
systems at these sites are sufficient. We highly recommend that the City evaluate
these systems in advance of the installation of the system. Further, it is the
responsibility of the City of Fort Worth to provide any modifications or additions
required to these sites with regards to space , electrical systems, generator capacity,
and UPS capacity for all sites. (Note -we are including a UPS for Burnett Plaza) to
provide the environment necessary for this equipment to function properly .
1.2 System Overview
•
The proposed offering consists of a fully equipped ASTRO 25 Master Site . This
Master Site has the capacity of controlling up to twenty-four sites. The Master Site in
this proposal is equipped for a single RF Site. The Master Site consists of several
different components including Zone Controllers, configuration database servers ,
system monitor servers, and network routing equipment. The Zone Controllers
provide the system control through system access and call setup, maintenance , and
teardown functions. Two Zone Controllers are included at the Master Site to provide
full redundancy. The configuration database servers provide the user the ability to
configure the system infrastructure and subscriber units based on the functionality
required within the system. This information is then used by the Zone Controllers to
perform the control of the system. The system monitor servers provide a means for
the user to monitor the status of the system through fault management and usage
statistics gathering mechanisms. The network routing equipment provides the
backbone for the master site. This equipment provides all the routing and switching
functionality required to connect all Master Site equipment. In addition, this provides
the interface to exterior subsystems such as RF sites and dispatch sites . This
equipment is designed to be fully redundant so that a single point of failure will not
result in disruption of service.
This system is currently licensed for one RF Site, and two thousand unit IDs.
This proposal also includes a fully equipped ASTRO 25 Site Repeater Subsystem for
RF connectivity to subscriber units. This Site Repeater subsystem includes six
channels and associated network equipment, and must be connected to the Master
Site . The proposed equipment allows for redundant network paths over Tl links back
to the Master Site to avoid connectivity issues caused by a single link failure. The
Site Repeater Subsystem provides the RF link to the subscribers , and to the Alternate
Dispatch Center. Included in this proposal are two Expandable Site Sub-System
(ESS) to be housed at the Burnett Plaza location. The Tl links will be provided by the
City of Fort Worth and must meet Motorola site link specifications. Motorola
assumes that the City will build out it 's existing microwave Tl capacity to supply the
Tl links required. These Tl s are required for proper system operation. It is the
responsibility of the City of Fort Worth to provide all these Tl links .
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-5
1.2.1
•
For the Site Repeater Subsystems, full transmit and receive antenna systems are
included. These will be located on the roof top support structure at the Burnett Plaza
Site . All antenna systems will utilize 11.5 dB 700/800 MHz band antennas .
The proposal includes AEB and MGEG equipment for the Eagle Mountain Water
Treatment site to interface with the existing Gold Elite Console System located at the
Bolt Street facility. This will allow the operators at this location to continue their day
to day roles of dispatching the City of Fort Worth users on the two existing
SMARTNET systems, while also allowing the to dispatch users on the new ASTRO
25 system. This provides a direct connection to the new system for operators at this
site.
The Alternate Dispatch site console system will remain as it is today . This will allow
the operators at this location to continue their day to day roles of dispatching the City
of Fort Worth users on the two existing SMARTNET systems. The Central
Electronics Bank system will receive to additional BIMs for connection to two
consolettes programmed on the ASTRO 25 system. This will allow operators at this
site to receive and send audio traffic on the ASTRO 25 system on specific talkgroups
on the ASTRO 25 system.
This proposal includes two Network Management terminals. One located at the
Master Site and one located at the Radio Shop Site . This will allow access to the
Network Management features to be utilized at these two sites.
System Architecture
Figure 1-1 depicts a high level diagram of the City of Fort Worth ASTRO 25 System
Motorola is offering.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-6
Bolt Street
Public Safety
Dispatch
ISSI EQUIPMENT
AT DALLAS
CITY OF FORT WORTH P25 SYSTEM
EAGLE MOUNTAIN
WATER TREATMENT FACILITY
P25 MASTER SITE
T1
MWT1
SITE REPEATER
REMOTE
BURNETT PLAZA
Figure 1-1: High level System Diagram of the proposed City of Fort Worth ASTRO 25 System
Master Site Configuration
The Master Site is the central point for all radio system traffic in the system. The call
processing and system management for the ASTRO 25 system occur at the Master
Site. Master Site equipment is listed in Table 1-2.
Table 1-2: Proposed Master Site Infrastructure and Associated Equipment
Site Name I Site Type I Associated Equipment
Eagle Mountain Water ASTRO 25 Master
Treatment Facility Site
Bolt Street Dispatch Gold Elite Dispatch
Motorola Confidential Restricted • Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
Redundant Zone Controller, Zone Database
Server, User Configuration Server, Core
Security Server, Network Transport
Management Server, GPS Time/Frequency
Reference, One two card cage Ambassador
Electronics Bank, A main and redundant
Motorola Gold Elite Gateway equipment, ISSI
Gateway and routers and a switch for
connection to the City of Dallas ISSI Master
Site , Expansion of the ISSI system at the Dallas
Master system to accept this ISSI connection,
One Network Management User Terminal,
(Note : One other Network Management
Terminal will be located at the City of Fort
Worth Radio Shop) Note : This Master Site has
the capacity of controlling up to twenty-four
sites. The Master Site in this proposal is
equipped for a single RF Site.
Will use the six existing CEBs and the T1 for
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-7
Site Name I Site Type I Associated Equipment
System the TCCD console which will terminate at this
site will be routed their T1/AIMI links to the
Eagle Mountain site for connection to the AES
there .
Alternate Dispatch Control Stations Two XTL 5000 consolette units will be located
1.2.1.1
•
here and connected to the existing CEBs at this
location .
The Master Site equipment will be located at the Eagle Mountain Water Treatment
Site
The detailed design includes the following Master Site equipment:
• One 3-phase AC Type I Main-Panel Surge Protector
+ One 3-phase AC Type II Sub-Panel Surge Protector
• Two 16 T 1 surge suppression panels
• Two GAS Servers/Zone Controllers
• One Terminal Server
• Two Gateway Routers
+ Two Master Site LAN Switches
+ Two Core Routers
+ Three WAN Relay Panels
+ One TRAK Frequency Standard with a main and redundant GPS antenna system
+ One Core Security Management Server (CSMS) with Monitor
+ Site spares
+ Five 7.5' 19" Equipment Racks
+ Ten Type III Surge Protectors
+ One Network Management Client Workstation monitor.(Note an additional
Network management terminal is designated for the City of Fort Worth Radio
shop).
+ ISSI equipment:
• One ISSI Network Gateway with software and one ISSI Gateway Application
• One Firewall for the ISSI network
• Two Routers with Tl daughter boards
• One 24 port Ethernet Switch
• Additional ISSI equipment to be located at the City of Dallas P25 Overlay
Master Site .
• One add on license for ISSI Application
• Two Routers with T 1 daughter boards
• One 7 .5' 19" Equipment Rack
• One Type III Surge Protector
Site Repeater RF Site
Table 1-3 summarizes one trunking Site Repeater subsystem.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-8
Table 1-3: Proposed RF Site Infrastructure and Associated Equipment
Site Name J Site Type J Associated Equipment
City of Fort Worth Site Repeater Site
Burnett Plaza (Building
Top Site)
Two Site Routers , an integrated six 800
MHz channel ESS station, an integrated
four channel 700 MHz channel ESS
station both stations integrated with
antenna systems and Tower Top
Amplifier. Surge suppression equipment
for T1 and AC circuits, and one 20KVA
3-phae 208V UPS.
Two ASTRO 25 Site Repeater RF Site ESS stations have been included to be located
at the Burnett Plaza Site .
The detailed design includes the following equipment:
+ One single phase AC Type I Main-Panel Surge Protector
+ One single phase AC Type II Sub-Panel Surge Protector
+ One single 208 V 20KV A UPS with By-Pass Switch
+ Two Site Routers with Tl interface modules
+ One ESS Site Repeater with six 800 MHz channels
+ One ESS Site Repeater with four 700 MHz channels
• Two 700/800 MHz band SC412-HF2LDF series antennas . These antennas are
Collinear omni-directional , 11 .5 dBd gain , HD , 746-869 MHz antennas.
+ 250' of transmission line each for the TX, RX and TTA Test Port
+ Three transmission line lightning arrestors
• One Tower Top Amplifier with Control Unit
+ Two 7.5' 19" Equipment Rack
The Equipment for an ASTRO 25 Site Repeater Remote RF Site has been included
for the Aledo Tower Site. Note: the equipment will be used in a future project of the
City of Fort Worth for system expansion. The equipment in this proposal does not
include site licensing, antenna equipment, Tl interface equipment, nor installation
services .
The detailed design includes the following equipment:
+ Two Site Routers with Tl interface modules
+ One ESS Site Repeater with six 800 MHz channels
+ Two 7 .5' 19 " Equipment Rack
1.2.1.2 Bolt Street Dispatch Site
•
There will be no additional equipment provided for this site. The AIMI links from the
CEBs at this site will be rerouted to the Eagle Mountain Water Treatment Site. The
AEB at Eagle Mountain is provisioned for one AIMI/AMB link for Tl connectivity
for each of the CEBs associated with this site . During cut-over the El connections to
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-9
1.2.1.3
1.2.1.4
the AEB at this site will be reconfigured for Tl connectivity and routed to the Eagle
Mountain site, once the Eagle Mountain site is up and operational, six of the AMB
cards from the Bolt Street AEB will be removed and installed at Eagle Mountain site.
At this point the AEB at the Bolt Street site will be decommissioned and removed
from the site.
Alternate Dispatch Site
Two Base Station Interface Modules will be installed in one of the CEBs at this site .
These two interface modules will be connected to two XTL 5000 desktop control
stations, which will be installed in existing racks at this site. These stations will have
antenna systems and a unity gain antenna. These antennas will be located on the
antenna network structure associated with this site.
Radio Shop
A Network Management terminal will be located at this site along with a router.
These will be connected to the Master Site so that Network Management functions
may be performed from this site for the ASTRO 25 system. Note the Tl link between
this site and the Master Site is the responsibility of the City of Fort Worth .
1.3 Network Transport
•
The City of Fort Worth is responsible for providing 25 microwave based Tl links
between the Eagle Mountain Water Treatment Master Site and the Bolt Street
dispatch that meet Motorola site link specifications .
The City of Fort Worth is responsible for providing two microwave-based Tl links
between the Eagle Mountain Water Treatment Master Site and the Burnett Plaza Site
Repeater RF Site that meet Motorola site link specifications.
The City of Fort Worth is responsible for providing one Tl link between the Eagle
Mountain Water Treatment Master Site and the City of Dallas Master Site location
that meets Motorola site link specifications.
Required Tl links to be provided by the City of Fort Worth.
Point A
Eagle Mountain Master Site
Eagle Mountain Master Site
Eagle Mountain Master Site
Eagle Mountain Master Site
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
I Point B I Number of T1 s
Bolt Street Dispatch Site 25
Burnett Plaza RF Site 2
Dallas Master Site 1
City of Fort Worth Radio Shop 1
Total 28
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-10
1.3.1
Motorola site link specifications:
Parameter I Measurement Value
Bit Error Rate -BER 1 X 10 ~
Stratum Level 2 or Better
Max. Delay 5 milliseconds (ms)
Availability 99 .999 %
Line Coding B8ZS (bit 8 zero substitution)
Signaling Clear Channel
Compression None
Framing ESF ( extended super frame)
Pulse Amplitude 0 dBdsx (3.0V +/-0 .3V or 6V P-P)
Dry or Wet Dry, No voltage (-48 VDC or other) Present
Spares
The detailed design includes the standard RF Site recommended spares described in
the equipment list. No Spares have been included for the Master Site in this proposal.
1.4 Radio System Coverage
1.5
1.5.1
•
The radio system coverage is largely dependent upon the number of RF sites and
their locations. For this proposal the City of Fort Worth selected the site location as
opposed to Motorola designing the system for a specific coverage requirement.
Motorola will perform benchmark coverage testing to validate antenna system
performance as well as the informational coverage maps in lieu of a guaranteed
coverage analysis and drive test. The coverage maps will be presented at the time of
the award of contract and all coverage maps that will be presented shall be for
informational purposes only . Since there are no coverage guarantees associated with
this proposal, Motorola will not be performing a Customer Coverage Acceptance
Test Plan as part of this project.
ASTRO 25 System Design
Architecture
The proposed system includes Motorola's ASTRO 25 master site control architecture.
The ASTRO 25 master site equipment provides the interface between the Repeater
sites and the dispatch console network. ASTRO 25 provides an extra layer of system
and database management. The user-friendly management architecture provides a
GUI-based management terminal capable of multi-tasking and presenting all of the
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-11
1.5.1.1
•
information required to manage your system . The inclusion of an ASTRO 25
foundation provides the flexibility to easily expand the system by adding additional
sites and/or accommodating neighboring systems .
ASTRO 25 transparently links dispatch and field personnel, tracking each radio from
site-to-site and group-to-group. Radio sites are automatically assigned and connected
for wide area calls, allowing a dispatcher or field unit to effortlessly reach another
radio -no matter where the person is located in the service area.
ASTRO 25 technology meets the demands of mission critical communications and
accommodates digital voice, digital signaling, encryption, and the latest digital
breakthroughs in communications systems.
Network Transport Subsystem
At the center of ASTRO 25 is the Network Transport Subsystem, designed to carry
the system applications. This master site transport network uses several network
technologies to cover the needs of the communications system .
The goal of the transport network is to create a large system solution that meets the
following characteristics:
+ Scalable Platform -The transport network supports a large number of
zones/sites per system . The ASTRO 25 system capability supports 7 zones and
100 sites per zone .
+ Digital only platform -Supports the open standard IMBE protocol for voice
transmission.
+ End-to-end vocoding -The transport network provides the ability to
transparently pass vocoded and encrypted audio . Once voice is vocoded at a
source, the digital information is passed all the way through the network with no
conversions required . Conversion to the original audio format is required only at
the destination receiver. The ASTRO 25 system supports radio-to-radio or
dispatch-to-radio secure operation.
+ Packet transportation network -The transport network consists of a packet
transportation network that is not concerned with what is contained in the packets .
The ASTRO 25 systems includes an IP-based infrastructure that provides IP multicast
technology for dispatch services. This technology allows group calls to be set up,
processed , and tom down easily in a packet environment, replacing circuit switched
methods .
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-12
1.5.1.2
1.5.1.3
•
Internet Protocol (IP) Multicast Routing
IP Multicast Routing , commonly referred to as simply "Multicast," is a method of
transmitting messages (datagrams) between a number of sites, which are part of a
multicast group. This differs from unicast, which transmits messages between two
endpoints, and broadcast, which transmits messages from a single source to all hosts
on a network .
Multicast employs a concept known as a Rendezvous Point (RP), in which a router or
set of routers is identified as an RP for an associated multicast group address range .
The function of the RP is to receive multicast transmissions from an originating site ,
and then fan them out to other sites and zones , creating a multicast "tree" for each
multicast group.
Multicast is closely aligned with the talkgroup concept. With multicast, the
transmitting radio 's audio is distributed to the appropriate sites by the RP router.
Without multicast, the transmitting unit would have to send a separate copy of each
packet of a transmission to each receiving site. Multicast transmissions are sent only
to those sites that have subscribed or "joined" the specific multicast group . Once the
join message is received, the routers propagate multicast traffic to the appropriate
sites and zones . Multicast trees for audio traffic are set up on service request and are
present only for the duration of the call.
Call Processing
The main purpose of an ASTRO 25 system is to provide voice services to subscribers
and dispatchers throughout the system . The diagram shown on the following page
will be used to discuss call processing.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-13
•
~Network Events l!ll~EJ
~ Network Everts
Datemme T Managed Resource Entity
Dec 01,200714:59:49 ... 1001DeviceCllonge_new1 SynclYonzotion
Dec 01,200714:59:49 ... 10.101 .11 .92
Dec 01 ,2007 14:59:49 ... 10.101 .11 .0
Dec 01,2007 14:59:49 . 10.101 .11 .92
Synchronizertion
10.101 .11 .0
Synchronzation
e Dec 01,200714:59:49 .. 1001 Dev1ceChange_new1 SynclYonzotion
Dec 01,2007 14:59:49 ... 10.101 .11.92
Dec 01,200714:59:49 ... 10.101 .11 .92
Dec 01,200714:59:49 . 10.101 .11 .92
Dec 01,200714:59:49 ... 10.101 .11 .92
Dec 01,2007 14:59:49 ... 10.101 .11 .92
Dec 01,200714:59:48 ... 10.101 .11 .92
Agent Redcndancy
Power SUpply
Swlch1
CPS
Fan
Sle Cortroler
e Dec01,200714:59:48 .. 10.101 .11D 10.101 .11 .0
Dec 01,200714:59:48 .. 1001DeviceCtwige_new1 Ch<lmel2
Dec 01,200714:59:48 .. 1001DeviceChange_new1 Chamet1
Dec 01,200714:59:48 ... 1001DevlceChtvlge_new1
e Dec 01,200714:59:48 ... 1001DeviceChange_new1
e Dec01,200714:59:48 ... 10.101.11 .92
Dec 01,200714:59:34 .. 10.101 .11 .0
Dec01,200714:59:34 ... 10.101.11 .94
Dec 01,200714:59:34 . 10.101 .11 .94
Dec 01,200714:59:34 ... 10.101 .11.94
Dec 01,2007 14:59:34 . 10.101 .11 .94
e Dec01,200714:59:34 ... 10.101 .11D
Dec01,200714:59:34 . 10.101 .11.94
.. 10.101 .11 .94
Site
Synchronzotion
Synchronzotion
10.101 .11 .0
SynctYonzation
Synchronization
Recei ver
Power SUpply
10 .101 .11 .0
Power..&.m$:lli1ier
Exeter
Message
FU manager has sync:tvooized fd informstion with 1 •
F atJt manager has synchronized fault information with 1
At least one node in this subnet is in faied sttllle .
FU Marnlger received Synchronization Complete nOOfi
fd informfflioo for this device may be out of dateRea
Folowng Attrilule Values have chs,ged . nmaRedAgnt
ENABLED, NO REASON
ENABLED , NO REASON
MINOR MALFUNCTION, HAROJIIARE FAll..l.lRf
MAX>R MALFUNCTION, HARDWARE F AI..URE
ENABLED, NO REASON
At least one node in this subnet is in failed state .
MALFIJIICTION , BAND PLAN MISMATCH
MALFUIICTION , BAND PLAN MISMATCH
SITE TRUNKING, RECOVERY
Feut information for this device may be out of date .Reei
Fault informatOO for this device may be 04.A: of date .Rea
At least one node in this subnet is in failed state .
Fault manager has synchronized fauJI: ilformal:ion with 1
Fauft Manager received Synchronization Complete not ifi
CRITICAL FAILED , RxLo1 Lock or Rxl.o2 Lock
ENABLED, NO REASON
At least one node in this st..bnet is in f~led stste .
ENABLED , NO REASON
CRITICAL FAILED, TX LOCK
1-6: UEM Event Browser Sample Screen
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21, 2010
System Description 1-14
•
Step 1
CRP - Co ntro l Rend ezvou s Po int
ARP -Audi o Ren dezvo us Poin t
1-2: Call processing in an ASTRO 25 system
A radio user presses the PTT switch to talk to other users in the talk.group. The radio
transmits a Call Request on the RF control channel at the site. The Call Request is
received by the control channel and forwarded to the site Ethernet LAN. Before
placing the Call Request packet on the site Ethernet LAN, the base station
encapsulates the Call Request message in a UDP/IP datagram with the destination IP
address of the zone controller.
Note: User Datagram Protocol (UDP) is a transport layer protocol
that resides on top of the Internet Protocol (IP). UDP provides a
transaction-oriented, best effort delivery service.
Note: Internet Protocol (IP) is the Internet Layer protocol tasked with
defining how data is transferred across the network, how devices are
addressed, and how to route data appropriately. IP defines a
universal/global addressing method. It defines how to fragment,
transport, and reassemble data packets.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Des cription 1-15
•
Step 2
The IP packet network routes the Call Request packet to the zone controller. Upon
receiving the Call Request message the zone controller checks an internal database to
determine the location of all members in the requested talkgroup (such as RF sites
and Remote Dispatch sites locations. The zone controller then assigns a multicast
group to the call and sends the assigned multicast group to all the participating RF
sites and Remote Dispatch resources. This message is referred to as a Call Grant
message and is sent in an IP datagram.
Step 3
Upon receiving the Call Grant message, the RF and dispatch sites extract the IP
multicast address from the Call Grant. The assigned voice channels at IR sites , and
the comparators at digital simulcast subsystems, generate a group Join message . The
group Join message is an IP control packet.
Step 4
Upon receiving the IP group join message, the RF and dispatch site routers
communicate with other routers in the system to set-up an IP multicast distribution
tree. This tree is used to distribute voice payload traffic to all sites participating in the
call.
Step 5
The radio begins transmitting vocoded audio on the assigned RF voice channel at its
site . The audio is received by the voice channel and is placed in an IP datagram
destined to the assigned IP multicast address (as assigned in the Call Grant). The IP
multicast packet is placed on the Ethernet LAN.
Step 6
The IP Multicast audio stream is distributed to all the RF and dispatch sites via the
Rendezvous Point router and IP multicast tree.
Step 7
When the first user dekeys and a second member of the talkgroup transmits while the
call is still active (repeater call hang time has not expired), the same multicast tree is
used. Vocoded audio is received by the voice channel at the new source site and
placed in an IP packet destined for the group's Rendezvous Point router. The IP
packet flows down the same IP multicast tree generated earlier by the routers .
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-16
Step 8
When the call is over (expiration of the message timer), the sites (RF or dispatch)
generate an IP group Leave message. The Leave messages cause the multicast tree to
be taken down .
Note: The preferred mode of operation for an ASTRO 25 system is
message trunking with PTI-ID. This parameter is programmed in the
system, through the User Configuration Manager (UCM), as
message trunking, and in the radios, via their programming software,
as PTI-ID.
1.5.2 ASTRO 25 Technology
1.5.2.1
•
ASTRO 25 is Motorola's Project 25 compliant, digital radio communications system
solutions. This section describes the features of the ASTRO 25 trunking system.
ASTRO 25 4-Level Digital Modulation System Platform
Motorola's ASTRO 25 is a revolutionary digital communications platform and
signaling format that provides the most advanced communications system available .
Outlined in the chart below are a few of the ASTRO 25 digital benefits .
ASTRO 25 System Advantages I Benefit
Improved audio quality Consistent audio quality throughout the coverage
area for all digital users through the use of an
enhanced Project 25 CAI compliant IMBE vocoding
and error correction techniques.
Advanced embedded signaling Improved efficiency and system features for users.
features
Secure audio capability Prevents eavesdropping and unauthorized use .
System characteristics Cost effective migration path to current and future
digital standards .
ASTRO 25's unique features translate into benefits that improve radio
communications in many different ways. ASTRO 25 is designed to improve system
control, enhance user safety, maximize communications security, and provide
outstanding system growth potential.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-17
1.5.2.2
1.5.2.3
•
Audio Quality Enhancements with ASTRO 25
The improvement in audio quality comes from the nature of the ASTRO 25 signal
framing and error correction coding . The radio is capable of detecting and correcting
errors caused by transmission noise. With an ASTRO 25 digital system, the audio
quality remains consistent as the user travels away from the signal source , as shown
in 1-3. The characteristics of ASTRO 25 digital audio and the embedded error
correction further enhance the voice quality in the simulcast overlap areas . These
differences can be directly equated to performance gains. Radios that deliver
enhanced coverage and better audio quality mean improved safety.
Good
Audi
Qual i ty
p c,r
Strong
1-3: Digital Audio Quality
ASTRO 25 Advanced Embedded Signaling
One important feature of the ASTRO 25 system is the advanced embedded signaling .
The use of embedding signaling provides many benefits to the ASTRO 25 user,
including:
+ Elimination of Preamble Voice Truncation-Older analog conventional and
trunked systems required Unit ID and Encryption information to be sent prior to
beginning voice transmissions (preamble), delaying the analog audio being sent
through the system. ASTRO 25 digital systems interleave the signaling and voice
bits , thereby eliminating the concern with voice truncation. 4 and 5 demonstrate
the differences between analog signaling and the ASTRO 25 embedded signaling.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-18
•
P TI
Digitized
Audio
Embedded
Si gnaling
Analog Signaling
Pre-amble
&igna llf19
Truncated Audio
Time
Sub-a udible
&lgna ling
1-4: Analog preamble signaling
er
To
Tr ansmitter
Astro Digital Stream
1-5: ASTRO 25 embedded signaling
• Digital "Noise Canceling"-Analog radios will process any information received
into the microphone of the transmitting radio . Any audio components (sirens ,
bells , wind noise , pump engines, etc .) occurring near the speaker will be
transmitted over the air with the user's voice . This can create difficult conditions
for the dispatcher and other users on the same channel when the user is in a high
noise environment. The Project 25 IMBE vocoder is designed to process only the
audio components of human speech. Other sounds within the range of the
transmitting radios microphone that are not voice components are not processed
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-19
• Continuous ID with receive ID displayed on field units-the embedded
signaling information containing the transmitting unit's ID is sent continuously.
Field units that are out of range or turned off initially will be able to decode the
transmitting unit's ID when they gain access to the system. Properly equipped
receiving radios can display the ID as it is decoded from the signaling
information.
• Enhanced Selective Calling-Selective calling has been a feature of two-way
radio systems for many years. However, there was never a method to selectively
call or signal a radio while they were in the process of receiving a voice message.
With ASTRO 25 embedded signaling a dispatcher can contact a unit while it is
receiving a conversation and direct them to another channel or talk.group.
• Enhanced Priority Scan-previous scanning algorithms could only detect the
presence of a priority message by either interrupting the message being received,
and forcing the radio to quickly scan all channels for activity ; or, in the case of
trunked systems , by sending low speed sub-audible information underneath the
current voice conversation. This can be very slow and be disruptive to the
listener. ASTRO 25 embedded signaling contains priority channel activity
information. Received conversations will not be interfered with in any way -even
while the radio is receiving this signaling information. When a designated priority
call begins on the listener's radio , it will switch to the priority conversation. This
capability is functional whether the radio is operating in the "clear" or
"encrypted" ASTRO 25 mode.
1.6 ASTRO 25 System Components
1.6.1
•
The ASTRO 25 system is comprised of a master site, ASTRO 25 repeater sites, and
ASTRO 25 Simulcast sites. This section discusses the components that make up each
piece of the ASTRO 25 system.
Master Site Equipment
The Master site is the central point for all system traffic in the single ASTRO 25
zone. The call processing and system management occur at the Master Site. The
Master Site equipment is described briefly in the following sections.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-20
1.6.1.1
1.6.1.2
•
Zone Controller
The MZC 5000 Zone Controller is a redundant processor that provides trunking call
processing for ASTRO 25 system operation . The MZC 5000 forms the heart of a
wide area radio system by providing the central processor for the zone with the
necessary hardware and software capabilities to provide call processing and mobility
management.
The MZC 5000 is supplied in a redundant controller configuration . This provides
automatic switchover to the standby controller if a loss of wide area communications
is detected due to an internal failure to the active controller. Also, this configuration
allows each controller to run separate versions of software to ensure that upgrades
occur on a fully functional controller before upgrading the second controller.
The MZC 5000 builds upon the strength and experience of Motorola Wide Area
Trunking Systems to deliver multiple layers of reliability for business critical ,
mission critical and life critical applications .
+ System Availability -The MZC 5000 allows software upgrades once loaded ,
providing enhanced system availability.
+ Intelligent Switchover -The Redundant Configuration provides automatic
switchover to the standby controller if a loss of wide area communications is
detected. Notification can be sent to the user if other components fail , allowing
the user to manually switch to the standby controller if desired.
+ Cross Controller Compatibility -Capable of running two different versions of
software simultaneously, ensuring that upgrades are fully functional with one
controller before upgrading the second controller.
+ Redundant Configuration -The Redundant Zone Controller is a computer
platform with redundant-processors that provide trunking call processing for
ASTRO 25 wide area radio communication systems. The Redundant Zone
Controller is designed to detect failures by automatically switching operation to
the standby controller, minimizing interruption of call processing functionality .
Network Management Servers
The NMS subsystem is comprised of the following servers at the zone and system
levels of the ASTRO 25 Project 25 system. In an ASTRO 25 M2 Scalable Master
Site configuration like the one provided to the City of Fort Worth there are two GAS
servers all other server functions described below take place on one of these two
servers .
• NMS Zone-level Servers(one each per zone): Zone Database , UEM INM Server,
Unified Event Manager, and Zone Statistics Server.
• System-level Servers(one each per system): User Configuration Server (UCS).
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-21
•
Zone Database Server (ZDS)
The ZDS handles a variety of tasks ; including hosting the zone configuration
database, administering applications licenses , authenticating network manager users
accessing the system, and performing back-end support for user applications.
The Zone Database Server (ZDS) performs the following database server functions:
+ Maintains the infrastructure (zone configuration) database for the zone.
+ Exports the infrastructure information from its database to the Zone Controller
where it is stored as the local infrastructure database.
+ Maintains a replica of the current UCS database and home zone map.
+ Exports the radio information it receives from the UCS to the Zone Controller
The ZDS also performs all network management and fault management polling of
system devices to support the network management clients. The fault management
information that the ZDS collects is passed on to the UEM Integrated Network
Management (INM) server.
The ZDS handles a variety of administrative tasks, including the following:
+ Administering the standard and optional applications licenses
+ Authenticating network manager users accessing the system
+ Performing back-end support services for user applications
+ Handling telephone interconnect record processing
UEM Integrated Network Management (INM) Server
The UEM Integrated Network Management (INM) server provides fault management
for the system. It hosts the UEM INM and UEM Web applications, along with a
Router Manager application and optional MOSCADTM application for monitoring
alarms of third-party devices .
UEM INM allows access to status, alarm messages, and other fault management
information obtained from the ZDS and other IP-managed devices via a network
management client workstation. The UEM INM application provides a centralized
view of system operational status by displaying intuitive, graphical representations
(subsystem topology maps) of the system. UEMINM also maintains a data
warehouse, storing event history for report generation.
UEM INM scans system-level and zone-level configuration information to monitor
the health of system and zone-level objects such as servers, Zone Controllers, and
sites . There is one UEM INM server per zone . In a multiple zone system, one of the
UEM INM servers is equipped with the ability to collect and present information
from all zones .
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-22
•
Zone Statistics Server (ZSS)
The statistics server is the data repositories for data statistics necessary to drive
Historical Reports. Statistics such as the number of calls , push-to-talks , and busies are
accumulated over preset time intervals.
User Configuration Server (UCS)
The UCS provides database storage and back-end processes required for most
system-wide functions . The UCS makes it possible for management personnel to con
home zone maps, users , radios , talkgroups , critical sites , Adjacent Control Channels
(ACC), security information at a system-level, and other system-level parameters.
Group and Unit ID home zone assignments are also made at the UCS level. This
information is cond using the User Configuration Manager (UCM) application and is
saved in the UCS database.
Unified Event Manager (UEM)
The UEM provides a central
location for managing all radio ,
transport , and environmental
devices on the system. The
application automatically
discovers devices on the network
to determine their real-time status .
Color-coded symbols displayed
on a topography map provide a
geographical and hierarchical
representation of the entire
i3 Zone Maps -s a
@ 0eta•-
network. The UEM allqws each user to filter out and customize the pertinent
information important to their roles and responsibilities.
Features and benefits of the UEM are outlined in Table 1-4 .
Table 1-4: Benefits of the UEM
Feature
Centralized View of Entire
Communications Network
Intuitive Graphical User
Interface (GUI)
Auto Discovery of Devices
Active Alarms View and Alarm
Summary
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrict ions on the title page
I Benefit
Network Managers can view the entire system status and
quickly isolate problems to the board level.
Network Managers can be quickly notified of failures on
the system and diagnose device problems , utilizing a
display and an intuitive GUI.
Components are automatically discovered and map
views are created to show the overall health of the
network.
Persistent single view all failure conditions in the network
and a quick reference summary of alarms by severity
allows users to quicklv oinooint the hiahest orioritv
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-23
Feature I Benefit
failures
Secure Device Access SNMPv3 protocol with Triple DES and AES 256 bit
encryption to prevent security breach attempts
Northbound Interface Real time event stream using a standard industry
protocol that can be used to forward events to a higher
level management application for added flexibility.
Email Notifications User specified event notifications sent via email -which
could also be forwarded to a portable mobile device-
allows System Managers to si multaneously address
other tasks
Network Monitoring Archive and export event history data for analysis
Capabilities
Remote Command Operation Remote state change capability helps to avoid
unnecessary sites trips
The Unified Event Manager (UEM) gives the Network Manager virtually
instantaneous notification of any system deficiency or element failure.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Rad io System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-24
1.6 .1.3
•
UEM Event Browser
@ Ne two,k Events l!l~EJ
~ Network Event s Total Foss Displa\'Wlll ~ to ~ Poge Lor¢ jsii"""3 [El
Da temme ,.. Managed Resource Entity
Dec 01 ,20071 4:59:49 .. 1DD1DeviceChange _new1 Synchronization
Dec 01,200714:59:49 .. 10.101 .11.92 Synchronization
Dec01,200714:59:49 .. 10.101 .11 .0 10 .1()1 .11 .0
Dec 01,200714:59:49 .. 10.101 .11 .92 Synchronization
e Dec 01,200714:59:49 ... 1D01DeviceChange_new1 Synchronization
Dec 01,200714:59:49 .. 10.101 .11 .92
Dec 01,200714:59:49 .. 10.101 .11 .92
Dec 01,20071 4:59:49 ... 10.101 .11.92
Dec 01,200714:59:49 .. 10.101 .11 .92
Dec 01,200714:59:49 ... 10.101 .11.92
Dec 01 ,200714:59:48 .. 10.101 .11.92
Dec 01 ,200714:59:48 .. 10.101 .11 .0
Agent Redundoncy
Power SUppty
Swlch1
GPS
Fon
Site Controller
10 .1()1 .11 .0
Dec 01,200714:59:48 .. 1D01DeviceChange_new1 Chamel2
Dec 01,20071 4:59:48 .. 1D01DeviceChange_new1 Channel1
Dec 01,200714:59:48 .. 1001DeviceChonge_new1 Site
e Dec 01,200714:59:48 .. 1001DeviceChange_new1 Synchronization
e Dec 01,200714:59:48 ... 10.101 .11.92 Synchronization
Dec01,200714:59:34 .. 10.101 .11 .0 10.1Cl1 .11 .0
Dec 01,200714:59:34 .. 10.101 .11.94 Synchronization
Dec 01,2007 14:59:34 ... 10.101 .11 .94 Synchronization
Dec 01 ,2007 14 :59:34 .. 10.101 .11.94 ReceNer
Dec 01,200714:59:34 .. 10.101 .11.94 Power Supply
e Dec 01,200714:59:34 .. 10.101 .11.0 10.1()1 .11 .0
Dec 01 ,2007 14:59:34 .. 10.101 .11 .94 Power AmpMfier
Dec 01,20071 4:59:34 .. 10.101 .11.94 Exciter
Message
Faul m81i&ger has synchronized fault f'lformation with 1 •
Faul manager has synchronized f&Ult f'lformation w ith 1
At least one node n this subnet Is n tailed state .
Faul Manager received Synchronization Complete notifi
FU information for this device may be OU: of cWe .Rea
Followin;;J Attribli:e Veilues have changed. nmaRedAgri
ENABLED , NO REASON
ENABLED , NO REASON
MINOR MALFUNCTION, HARDWARE F Alt.URE
MAJOR MALFI.KTION, HARCWARE F AL URE
ENABLED , NO REASON
At leas1 one node in this subnet is in failed state.
MALFI.KTION, BAND PLAN MISMATCH
MALFUNCTION, BAND PLAN MISMATCH
SITE TRUlll<ING , REC0\11:RY
F aut llformation for this device may be out: of date .Rea
FeiUI information for thi s device may be out of date .Rea
At least one node n this si.t>net is n foHed state .
Faul manager Ms synchrOl'lzed faul: information with 1
Faul Manager received Synchroni zation Comptete notifi
CRfTlCAL FAILED , Rxlo1 Lacie or RxLo2 Lock
ENABLED, NO REASON
At lellst one node in this subnet is i, failed state .
ENABLED , NO REASON
CRITICAL FAILED, TX LOCK
1-6 : UEM Event Browser Sample Scree n
The UEM event browser 1-6 provi d es a way to look at all the events ( or a filtere d
subset of events) that are received by UEM . By default, when viewing an event, the
event browser disp lays Severity, Date/fime, Managed Resource , Entity , and
Message . Additional display properties are available . Up to 10,000 of the most recent
events from any managed device within a zone can be displayed .
Network Ma nager Terminals
The NMS Windows-based client/server architecture di stributes most of the user
application processing to the client PC work stations . This approach yields important
benefits :
• Application p erformance is less depend ent on the number of concurrent u sers and
open applications .
• Personnel typically responsi ble for managing a radio system or computer network
are already familiar with , or easily trained to use , the Graphical U ser Interface
(GUI) ofNMS applications that conform to Windows operating system
conventions .
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
Ci ty of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-25
+ Remote operation performance over a limited bandwidth link (e.g., a telephone
line used for accessing the network remotely via dial-up modems) is improved.
The following applications run on or may be accessed from the PC client
workstations:
+ System Profile
+ User Configuration Manager
+ Software Download
+ Historical Reports (System-level)
+ Zone Profile
+ Zone Configuration Manager
+ ZoneWatch
+ Affiliation Display
+ Air Traffic Information Access (A TIA) Log Viewer
+ Dynamic Reports
+ Historical Reports (Zone-level)
+ Fault Manager using Universal Event Manager (UEM)
+ UEM Administration
+ UEM Web Browser
+ Radio Control Manager (RCM)
+ Radio Control Manager Reports
1.6.1.4 Network Transport Subsystem
•
The ASTRO 25 release transport core is engineered to meet the performance
requirements of a real time system transporting voice, call control , network
management, and ancillary network services. The Transport Network is a closed
network. Only Motorola supplied equipment, applications and services can be used
on the network.
Ethernet Switch
The Enterprise Ethernet Switch (LAN Switch) is used to aggregate all the Ethernet
interfaces for all servers, clients, and routers . To meet system availability
requirements, the LAN Switch is a chassis based device with redundant power
supplies, redundant CPUs and redundant port cards . The LAN switch has a Network
Management system to provide proactive fault management.
Cooperative WAN Routing
The Motorola Cooperative WAN Routing (CWR) solution allows core and exit
routers to interface directly with site and interzone links through a simple, reliable,
and passive relay panel. This allows a direct interface to the sites, exit routers, and
other zone master sites .
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-26
•
The core and exit routers are cond in pairs to provide path redundancy for audio and
control packets . With CWR, the routers work to control an external relay panel to
switch a group of 12 non-redundant Tl/El links between the two routers. One router
is always considered as the "Active" router and the other router is considered as the
"Inactive" router. Each router is provisioned with two 12-port Tl/El modules,
providing up to 24 Tl /E 1 link terminations per router pair.
The CWR solution has the following advantages :
+ Provides redundant router failover capabilities
+ Allows for easier configuration, testing, and maintenance
+ Requires less downtime during upgrades
Core Routers
The Core Routers route all control, audio, data and network management traffic in
and out of the Zone, while maintaining the short delays required by real-time voice
systems. To increase availability, redundant Core Routers are used. If the path
through the primary router is lost, the redundant router takes over. One-to-one Core
Router redundancy increases system availability. The number of core routers depends
upon the number of channels in the zone.
Gateway Routers
Gateway Routers are used for devices that are multicasting beyond their local LAN.
In ASTRO 25, all of the functions of the Data and Control routers are established
within a single pair of Gateway Routers. The functionality includes providing a single
access point for each host to access the Core and Exit Routers and to isolate multicast
traffic from the various hosts they are servicing .
Exit Routers
Exit Routers are routers that handle Inter-Zone links. The Exit Router uses Frame
Relay to talk to other Zones via the WAN Switch, which acts as a Frame Relay
server. To increase availability, redundant Exit Routers are used. All ASTRO 25
systems are equipped with Exit Routers.
Zone Core Synchronization
The synchronization used at the Zone Core will be Network Time Synchronization
(Network Time Protocol (NTP). NTP will synchronize the clocks of all devices on
network. The clock source for both types of synchronization will be a Stratum 1
source. The Stratum 1 source will be derived from the Global Positioning Satellite
(GPS) system . This will require a GPS receiver to be located at the zone core.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-27
1.6.1.5 Network Security Equipment
Motorola provides a suite of network security products and service in order to fulfill
customer needs to prevent, detect, and respond to security incidents. Motorola 's
offering consists of:
• Core Security management Server (CSMS)
1.6.1.5.1 Core Security Management Server
•
The Core Security Management Server (CSMS) is the management entity for
network security and is required for each system. The CSMS provides centralized
user authentication for the network, and is the host server for Antivirus, Intrusion
Management, and Firewall Management.
The CSMS is required for each system. It consists of hardware and software
components to ensure that only authorized users access the radio network system .
The CSMS is required to safely enable use of system interfaces for remote service
access and remote network management service . The CSMS functions as a user
authentication server controlling access through dial-in terminal servers or service
routers by maintaining individual user accounts and passwords for each authorized
remote user. Access to the network is denied if users do not provide appropriate
credentials. The CSMS also verifies that a remote computer, typically used by service
and support personnel, meets qualifying criteria before connecting to the network by
checking for the presence of antivirus software required to be installed on the remote
computer.
The CSMS performs the following functions :
• Administration of network anti virus software
• Authentication of service interface users to ensure secure remote access
System Anti-Virus
The radio network contains anti-virus protection for its Windows-based elements.
Anti-virus protections are required in every system design, and provide a means to
prevent, detect, and respond to virus attacks. The system's anti-virus elements
include Anti-Virus Clients and an Anti-Virus Server. Motorola installs an anti-virus
scanning client on each Windows-based computer that is supplied by Motorola,
including, but not limited to , network management client workstations and dispatch
console operator positions . The Anti-Virus Server manages the configuration of each
client, receives and reports events and alarms , and distributes anti-virus definition
updates to each client. The Anti-Virus Server resides on the Core Security Manager.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-28
Service Interface Barrier
The Service Interface Barrier ensures that only authorized individuals are allowed to
remotely access the radio system. The Service Interface Barrier consists of an
authentication server working in conjunction with the system's dial-up terminal
servers and fixed link service routers. The Authentication Server maintains individual
user accounts and passwords for each authorized remote user. It will also support the
option to utilize RSA Secure ID tokens in the authentication process. The
Authentication Server will terminate any attempted connection if the remote user
does not present proper credentials. It can also verify that computers used by remote
personnel meet qualifying criteria, such as the status of the anti-virus software.
1.6.2 ASTRO 25 Repeater Sites
1.6.2.1
•
The ASTRO 25 Repeater sites provide communications through repeaters for the
subscriber units into and out of the ASTRO 25 Network. ASTRO 25 Repeater Site
equipment is described in the following sections.
ASTRO 25 GTR 8000 Expandable Site Sub-system
The ASTRO 25 GTR 8000 expandable site sub-system was designed for use in
ASTRO 25 Repeater sites. The GTR 8000 expandable site sub-system is Motorola's
Next Generation platform, in which Motorola has incorporated benefits such as:
• Software-based design
• Integrated design provides a smaller footprint at the site.
• Due to common hardware platform, fewer unique Field Replaceable Units (FRU)
needed
• Front/top access design and minimized cabling reduces install and service labor.
The site sub-system consists of a GCP 8000 Site Controller, up to six GTR 8000 Base
Radios, a receive multicoupler, and a transmit combiner. Additional GTR 8000
expandable site sub-systems can be added to sites with more than six channels .
The GCP 8000 site controller maintains the link and communication to the Zone
Controller. It also controls the site's states (wide area trunking, site trunking, etc.),
provides integrated voice and data control, manages call control functionality when in
wide area trunking, and provides call processing functionality when in site trunking.
With the addition of integrated voice and data the site controller will also manage
data control for the site.
The GCP 8000 will be shipped standard in a fully redundant configuration . The
redundant GCP 8000 will communicate with the active one, at regular short intervals
to detect any failures . If the active GCP 8000 should fail, the redundant GCP 8000
will pick up all current functionality and state information to maintain continuous
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-29
1.6.2.2
1.6.2.3
•
operation of the site. If both GCP 8000s fail at the same time the site will revert to
Failsoft operation .
The GTR 8000 base radio is the supported station for ASTRO 25 Repeater sites . The
base radios provide a modular, flexible design for today's communication systems
and those of the future . The innovative design allows for upgrades within systems via
hardware and/or software to avoid total infrastructure replacement. Through software
options, the GTR 8000 can be cond as either an ASTRO 25 trunking radio or a High
Performance Data radio, and can operate in a single site or a Simulcast site.
Some of the functions of the GTR 8000 base radio include:
+ Joins multicast groups for voice calls .
+ Maintains a connection to a multicast group for duration of call .
+ Routes inbound payload from the subscriber unit to zone core routers .
+ Translates outbound payload from zone core routers to Common Air Interface
(CAI) format.
Through software options , the GTR 8000 can be cond as either an ASTRO 25
trunking radio or a High Performance Data radio , and can operate in a single site or a
Simulcast site.
Remote Site Router
The site router provides a Flex WAN interface that handles all of the IP Network
Management traffic to and from the Master site for the Remote Site. The Site Routers
provide the following function for the NM packets :
+ Media conversion -the router converts the 10MB Ethernet LAN packets to IP
packets encapsulated in Frame Relay on a (FlexWAN).
+ Traffic prioritization -the router applies the correct prioritization marking to the
packets leaving the site.
+ Fragmentation -the router fragments large IP packets per standards.
The Remote Site Router used with its Network Management provides proactively
managed system as well as a means of receiving and reporting failure alarms.
Site LAN Switch
The remote site LAN Switch performs two main functions at the remote site. The
switch provides a LAN interface for the Site RF stations and a LAN port for the site
router. The switch also provides a port for interfacing the MOSCAD network. The
service technicians using CSS software use a switch port to gain access at the site to
service the site and also access the system's Graphical User interfaces to maintain the
system. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) service allows the technician
with a properly cond Windows PC to connect to the LAN at the site. The site router
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-30
1.6.2.4
1.6.3
•
will assign the Windows PC an IP address that will allow the PC access to the
ASTRO 25 network.
GTR 8000 Expandable Site Sub-System
The GTR 8000 expandable site sub-system is used in ASTRO 25 Site Repeater
remote site configurations operating in the UHF 435 -524 MHz, 700 MHz, and 800
MHz frequency bands. It forwards digital voice and data from the comparator to the
transmitter and forwards digital voice and data from the receiver to the comparator.
ISSl.1 Network Gateway Subsystem
The proposed ASTRO® 25 trunked network incorporates ISSI. I . The ISSI. I Network
Gateway (NGW) supports basic call services including ISSI Group Call, and ISSI
Emergency Call.
The ISSI. I NGW uses a simple mapping function to essentially translate the
TalkGroup IDs from one system to another. This avoids the need to coordinate
fleetmaps. The City of Fort Worth can simply set aside available Talkgroups without
having to worry about coordinating exact Talkgroup numbering schemes .
• Connects Disparate Systems -enabling talkgroups from differing System IDs,
W ACN IDs , different P25 system vintages , RF bands, manufacturers and
coverage areas to be connected.
+ Enable Task Force Interoperability -First and second level responders can be
securely and digitally connected together across multiple systems and vast
coverage areas. This versatility will undoubtedly become a vital tool in
responding most effectively to unpredictable or unusual projects, events and
disasters.
• Permit multiple P25 ISSI enabled networks to interconnect -networks from
other Project 25 trunked manufacturers can be connected together in a regional
network interoperability solution.
• Provide connected roaming without modifying subscribers -enabling
wireline connectivity without requiring software upgrade to the subscriber
devices to enable roaming.
• Retain individual system and tleetmap autonomy -preserves the User
Configuration Server databases on each system enabling operational autonomy
among the connected systems and fleetmaps .
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-31
1.6.3.1
1.6.3.1.1
1.6.3.2
1.6.3.3
1.6.3.4
•
Features and Services Description
Call Services Support Table
Table 1-5: Call Services Support
Call Services Supported
I
Supported
I
Specified in TIA-
102.BACA
ISSI Group Registration Yes Yes
ISSI Group Tracking Yes Yes
ISSI Group Call Yes Yes
ISSI Emergency Group Call Yes Yes
Manual Inter-System Roaming Yes No
ISSI Group Registration
The ISSI. I NGW operating on a Local system as the Home RF Subsystem (RFSS),
supports ISSI Group Registration, allowing another RFSS to register interest in a
Talkgroup Home to the Local system. This means that any calls from other systems
to that talkgroup will be enabled on the Local system.
ISSI Group Tracking
ISSI Group Tracking is an underlying group call capability which basically ensures
that the system maintains the association between the radio users and the Talkgroup
to which they are currently affiliated and operating.
ISSI Group Call
The ISSI Group call refers to a group call service which is enabled across ISSI
gateways operating between trunked systems. Because of the potentially longer delay
to enable the voice to travel across a WAN.
between the systems , the delay specification for the ISSI Group Call is longer than a
typical intra-system Project 25 Group voice call by 100 to 200ms.
An ISSI Group Call operating between two ASTRO 25 systems using ISSI. I
gateways has different operational characteristics such as requiring manual roaming,
multiple points of configuration, some unusual conditions caused by a behavior
called "Collide and Divide" and no Emergency Al ert.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-32
1.6.3.5
1.6.3 .6
1.6.3.7
1.6.3.8
•
ISSI Emergency Call
ISSI Emergency Call is initiated by pressing the emergency button on the radio unit.
This action changes the call by setting the emergency bit in the protocol which then
shows up as an emergency call to all of the other radios and consoles affiliated to the
call. All radios and consoles must be cond properly to support Emergency services.
The ISSI Emergency Call is substantially different in that it does not support the
preceding Emergency Alert function.
Connected Inter-System Manual Roaming
Roaming can be achieved between two connected systems through manual roaming
procedures. This is done by configuring groups in the subscriber that are allowed on
the connected system. When the user is geographically located in the coverage of the
connected system, they can then manually change the selected Talkgroup on the
subscriber to one of the talkgroups that are allowed in the connected system. The two
systems can then con the talkgroups used in both systems to interwork through the
ISSI. I NGW, allowing the user to communicate from the roamed system to his/her
home system .
PTT ID and Alias Behavior
Each Talkgroup cond in the gateway is associated with a "Mapped Talkgroup ID ".
When a call is initiated from the peer RF Subsystem (RFSS), the Gateway translates
the request to a call request on the corresponding Home Talkgroup from the Mapped
Talkgroup Unit ID (MTUI). The subscribers then see the PTT ID or alias of the
MTUI for all call requests originated from the peer RFSS . This allows the ends user
to recognize the MTI or alias and know that the call was originated from the peer
RFSS. All call requests originated within the same RFSS will continue to show the
PTT ID or alias of the originating subscriber.
Mapped Talkgroup Unit IDs and Mapped Talkgroup Unit Aliases
The ISSI. I NGW Solution enables group voice interoperability between disparate
trunked networks . The ISSI. I NGW maps talkgroups (TG) from a Local ASTRO 25
System to a TG on a connected trunked network, or Foreign System. The ISSI. I
NGW does this by configuring the local zone controller to see an ISSI. I NGW as an
RF site and then programming one Local TG ID and one Mapped TG Unit ID
(MTUI) into the ISSI. I NGW, as well as a Foreign TG ID, for every Talkgroup
mapped between the two networks. TG mappings can be uploaded to the ISSI. I
NGW.
To a subscriber unit on the local system , calls received from the foreign system will
have a different experience than calls received from a user on the local system.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-33
1.6.3.9
However, the native experience when a local user receives a call from another local
user will be the same even if the TG they are affiliated to is mapped in the ISSI. I
NGW.
When a user initiates a call from the connected Trunked network on the Foreign
Talkgroup mapped in the ISSI. I NGW, an ASTRO 25 user will receive that call, but
it will appear as if that call was initiated by the MTUI that is associated with that TG
ID that the ASTRO 25 user is currently affiliated to.
Availability Monitoring
The ISSI. I NGW supports the availability monitoring procedure. At this time, this
procedure has been proposed as an extension of the ISSI standard. This procedure
allows the ISSI. I NGW to periodically poll the peer RFSS to ensure communications
paths are established. If this procedure is enabled in the gateway , the ISSI.1 NGW
will perform this procedure with the peer gateway. If the availability monitoring
procedure is not successful, the ISSI. I NGW will enter Site Trunking and report a
fault for the peer RFSS link. This state will remain until the procedure is able to
complete successfully , at which time the ISSI. I NGW will return to Wide-Area
Trunking.
1.6.4 Limitations of the ISSI .1 Network Gateway
1.6.4.1 Interrupt Handling
1.6.4.2
•
It is recommended that interrupt handling be disabled for talkgroups used by the
ISSI. I gateway . This gateway treats each call request from the ASTRO 25 system
with the same priority. If an interrupt occurs from the same system as the transmitter,
the ISSI. I NGW will end the existing transmission and start a new transmission from
the new audio source. However, if an interrupt occurs from the peer system that is the
same or lower priority the ISSI. I NGW will continue sourcing its existing
transmission and deny the new interrupt request. This will result in a Collide and
Divide scenario where the two systems are hearing different audio sources. This
scenario applies to all non-emergency calls, even if a console is the interrupting
source . The exception to this scenario is an emergency request. If an emergency
request is received, the ISSI. I NGW will always forward this request to the ASTRO
25 network regardless of whether it is currently sourcing a call or not.
Busy Handling
If a subscriber unit initiates a call in the City of Fort Worth ASTRO 25 system. The
call will be granted by City of Fort Worth ASTRO 25 system as soon as resources are
available . The call will also be sent to ISSI. I NGW. When the ISSI. I NGW in the
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-34
1.6.4.3
1.6.4.4
City of Dallas ASTRO 25 system receives the call, if no resources are available in the
sites needed to start the call, call will be busied out by the City of Dallas ASTRO 25
system. In such a situation there will not be any feedback to City of Fort Worth
ASTRO 25 system that this busy occurred. Furthermore, the call will have already
been granted in City of Fort Worth ASTRO 25 and the unit initiating the call will
begin sourcing audio. This audio will be dropped by the ISSI. I NGW in City of
Dallas ASTRO 25 system until resources become available and the call is granted in
City of Dallas ASTRO 25 system. When the call is granted, City of Dallas ASTRO
25 system will start sourcing audio on a talkgroup in that system.
No Console Priority
The ISSI. I Network Gateway Application does not support Console Priority across
the interface, potentially resulting in some awkward and unfamiliar radio behaviors.
Again, users will need to be trained to learn to adapt and work around these
limitations during certain situations. Customers are recommended to have a console
operator on either side of the ISSI.1 Network Gateway.
Collide and Divide
The ISSI.I Network Gateway Application uses the site link, rather than the zone link.
This allows for easy installation but affects call processing robustness . This type of
link will allow for a "Collide and Divide" situation to happen . A "Collide and
Divide" situation will result in two separate calls being setup when users on an
interoperability TalkGroup happen to key up in the same 500ms window of time.
This phenomina should occur only a small percentage the time between systems
using ISSI. I. The behavior was readily identifiable and users were able to provide
specific operational recommendations to minimize its impact.
Some recommendations include:
• Console dispatchers should monitor ISSI. I talk groups on both sides of the ISSI. I
Network Gateway .
• Users should receive formal radio etiquette training such as identifying
themselves before communicating .
• Users should be trained on this condition so they understand that it might occur.
1.6.4.5 Console Multi-Select (MSEL) and Patch Usage
•
Patch and Multi-Select (MSEL) allow a console operator to communicate with
multiple talkgroups simultaneously. It also provides the ability to achieve RF
efficiencies by combining multiple talkgroups on a single RF channel. The ISSI. I
Network Gateway does not support the regrouping aspect of patch and MSEL. Each
talkgroup that is cond in the gateway should also be cond in the console as non-
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-35
•
regroupable. In the event that an operator chooses to patch or MSEL a talk.group that
is cond in the gateway, the ASTRO system will create a separate call for that
talkgroup and the audio will be patched through the console to the other members of
the patch/MSEL call. Additionally, ifthere are any subscriber units affiliated to the
gateway talkgroup , they will use a separate RF channel for the patch/MSEL call.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
System Description 1-36
Section 2. Equipment List
System
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
SHOP
SHOP
I aty I Nomenclature
1 NPI_000343
1 CA01428AB
1 CA01429AB
1 NPI 000345
1 CA01471AA
1 QA01205AA
2 CA01209AB
1 CA01223AA
1 NPI 000353
4 CA01208AA
1 Z13AG
1 Z802AF
1 CA01224AB
1 D52AJ
1 DA00148AG
1 ZA00149AD
1 Z801AM
1 ZA00151AG
1 D999AL
1 CA00965AA
1 CA01395AA
1 DLN6692
1 DDN9629
1 NPI 000301
1 DS019BLK
1 DDN9657
1 NPI_000302
1 NPI_000303
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
I Description
SQM01SUM0199-MASTER SITE CONFIGUR
ADD: ZC/NM HW 24 SITES OR LESS
ADD : REDUNDANT ZC HW 24 SITE OR LES
CA01606AA -ADD : DUAL COMMON PLATFO
ADD: WINDOWS SUPPLEMENTAL TRANS CON
ENH : ASTRO 25 WITH IV&D
ENH: ASTRO 25 IV&D SITE
ADD: HIGH AVAILABILITY ZC LICENSE
CA01593AA -BASELINE BACK UP
ENH: 500 RADIO USER LICENSES
ENH : UNIFIED NETWORK CONFIGURATOR (
ENH: USER CONFIGURATION MANAGER (UC
ENH : UNIFIED EVENT MANAGER (UEM)
ENH: ZONEWATCH
ENH : ZONE HISTORICAL REPORTS
ENH: DYNAMIC REPORTS
ENH: RADIO CONTROL MANAGER
ENH : AFFILIATION USER REPORTS
ENH: SECURITY PARTITIONING
ENH : CHANNEL PARTITIONING
ADD : 700/800 MIXED SITE OPERATION
HP LASERJET PRINTER CP3525DN 110V
CERTIFIED NETWORK MANAGEMENT ASTRO
ASTRO 7 .9 CLIENT APPLICATION SOFTWA
19" LCD , BLACK, NON-TOUCH
CRYSTAL REPORTS 2008 (VISTA COMPAT
RUBY ROUTER
ADD: Base Router w/T1 module
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Equipment List 2-1
System
SHOP
SHOP
SHOP
SHOP
SHOP
SHOP
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
DALLAS
DALLAS
I aty I Nomenclature
1 CLN1836
1 DLN6692
1 DDN9629
1 NP1 _000301
1 DS019BLK
1 DDN9657
1 DDN9182
1 T7401
11 DDN9607
1 TT1969
1 TI04523AA
5 DDN8653
1 TT2022
11 T7449
1 DSTRAK91009
1 DSTRAK91111
500 L1700
4 DDN9769
1 SQM01SUM0189
1 CA01420AA
1 CA01344AA
1 CA01425AA
1 CA01354AA
1 T7380
1 DVN4046
1 SQM01SUM0191
1 T7541
1 CA01406AA
1 NPI 000302
1 NPI 000303
1 DDN9590
1 CLN1836
1 NPI _000302
1 NPI _000303
1 T7541
1 CA01406AA
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subj ect to the restri ctions on the title page
I Description
2610-24 ETHERNET SWITCH
HP LASERJET PRINTER CP3525DN 11 OV
CERTIFIED NETWORK MANAGEMENT ASTRO
ASTRO 7.9 CLIENT APPLICATION SOFTWA
19" LCD , BLACK, NON-TOUCH
CRYSTAL REPORTS 2008 (VISTA COMPAT
CERTIFIED CORE SECURITY MANAGEMENT
CSMS SUPPLEMENTARY DISK A7 .1.1
SYMANTEC ANTI VIRUS 10.2.1 CORP ED
RSA AUTH . MGMT V . 6 .1 WITH 25 CUEN
ADD : RSA ACE SERVER MAINTENANCE FOR
RSA 5 YEAR HARD TOKEN
LX4000T 8 PORT TERMINAL SERVER
WINDOWS SUPPLEMENTAL TRANS CONFIG
REMOTE SITE CONFIG AC POWER
FOUR PORT T1 FRAMED AND CLOCK TELEC
CABLE : 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER
1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1
SRC7500 SWG ROUTING CENTER
ADD: DUAL CORE LAN 1-24 SITES
ADD : DUAL GATEWAY ROUTERS AEB IF
ADD : RED CORE ROUTER 1-24 SITES CWR
ADD : DUAL LINK 1 PAIR CWR
CO-OP WAN ROUTER RELAY PANEL
MASTER SYSTEM KEY PACKAGE FOR THE A
ISSl.1 NETWORK GATEWAY
ADD : ISSl.1 SOFTWARE
ADD : ONE ISSl.1 GATEWAY APPLICATION
RUBY ROUTER .
ADD : Base Router w/T1 module
SSG140 FIREWALL W/2 YEARS SUPPORT
2610-24 ETHERNET SWITCH
RUBY ROUTER
ADD : Base Router w/T1 module
ADD : ISSl.1 SOFTWARE
ADD : ONE ISSl.1 GATEWAY APPLICATION
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
Apri l 21 , 2010
Equipment List 2-2
System
DALLAS
DALLAS
DALLAS
DALLAS
DALLAS
DALLAS
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
ALT PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT_PSAP
•
I Qty I Nomenclature
1 NPI_000302
1 NPI _000303
1 NPI 000302
1 NPI 000303
1 TRN7343
1 DSOP820B
1 B1842BB
1 X758AA
1 CA00126AA
1 K762BD
7 K994AJ
4 K994AJ
1 X762AB
2 B1896
2 CA00169AA
1 TRN7343
1 RLN5342
1 RLN5343A
1 RLN5344
1 RLN5345
1 RLN5352
1 RLN5353A
1 RLN5354
1 BLN1273
1 TRN7343
1 TRN7343
5 TRN7343
10 DSOP820B
10 DS1101378
1 DDN8325
16 DQKVMCABLE 15FT
2 B1840
1 B1827
2 X597AE
50 L1705
2 DDN9385
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restri cti ons on the title page
I Description
RUBY ROUTER
ADD : Base Router w/T1 module
RUBY ROUTER
ADD: Base Router w/T1 module
SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK
POWER DIST. UNIT SURGE PROTECT 120V
CENTRACOM GOLD AMBASSADOR ELECTRON!
ADD: SPARES, AMBASSADOR ELECTRONICS
ADD : SOFTWARE LICENSE , ASTRO 25 TRU
EHN : EXTENDED WARRANTY, 2 CARD CAGE
ADD: MODULE, AMBASSADOR
ADD :MODULE,AMBASSADOR
ADD: INTERFACE, ZONE CONTROLLER (TW
MGEG WITH CPU , 120 CLEAR CALL CAPAB
ADD : ASTRO 25 IMBE CAPABILITY
SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK
DRIIVE RAILS, 0113990B06
AC POWER SUPPLY , 0113990B07
DUAL IDE CABLW, 0113990B08
FILLER PANEL , 0113990B09
REAR FAN FRU , 0113990B16
BOTTOM TRAY FAN, 0113990B17
TRANSITION MODULE
VC/SC TRANSITION CARD FRU (POST A6 .
SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK
SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK
SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK
POWER DIST. UNIT SURGE PROTECT 120V
RACK MOUNTING PLATE ADAPTER , DSOP8
17" LCD DRAWER W/KEYBOARD & MOUSE ,
15 FT KVM CABLE -26-15-51213
CENTRACOM GOLD INTERFACE MODULE FOR
CENTRACOM GOLD SOFTWARE LICENSE MAN
ADD : SOFTWARE LICENSE , CONVENTIONAL
CABLE : 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PE
1/2" TYPE N FEMALE POSITIVE STOP CO
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Equipment List 2-3
System
ALT_PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT PSAP
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
•
I Qty I Nomenclature
1 DSDSXL
1 DSGSAKITD
100 L1702
2 CDN6579
3 TDN6673
1 DSL4SGRIP
1 TDN6670
1 TDF6481
50 L1705
2 DDN9385
1 DSDSXL
1 DSGSAKITD
100 L1702
2 CDN6579
3 TDN6673
1 DSL4SGRIP
1 TDN6670
1 TDF6481
2 NPI_000302
2 NPI_000303
1 T7054
1 CA00855AA
1 X306AC
6 X591AE
1 CA00862AA
1 CA00879AA
1 CA00883AA
2 CA00303AA
2 X591AF
1 X882AH
1 CA00881AA
1 TRN7343
3 DSOP820B
3 DS1101378
2 DSTSJ100BT
1 DSTSJADP
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
I Description
DC BLOCK , HIGH POWER 700 TO 2200MHz
GROUND STRAP KIT-DIN
CABLE: 1/2" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER
1/2" TYPE N MALE PLATED CONNECTOR
1/2" CABLE GROUND CLAMP KIT
SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 1/2" LDF
CABLE TIES NYLON (1 EA= 1 BAG= 50
ANTENNA 800 OMNI NFE UNITY GAIN, 80
CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PE
1/2" TYPE N FEMALE POSITIVE STOP CO
DC BLOCK, HIGH POWER 700 TO 2200MHz
GROUND STRAP KIT -DIN
CABLE : 1/2" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER
1/2" TYPE N MALE PLATED CONNECTOR
1/2" CABLE GROUND CLAMP KIT
SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 1/2" LDF
CABLE TIES NYLON (1 EA= 1 BAG = 50
ANTENNA 800 OMNI NFE UNITY GAIN, 80
RUBY ROUTER
ADD : Base Router w/T1 module
GTR 8000 EXPANDABLE SITE SUB-SYSTEM
ADD : 700/800 MHZ MID POWER
ADD : QTY (6) GTR 8000 BASE RADIOS
ENH: ASTRO 25 SITE REPEATER SW
ADD: SITE & CABINET RMC W/CAPABILIT
ADD : PRIMARY 6 PORT CAVITY COMBINER
ADD : 800 MHZ TX FILTER W/PMU
ADD: QTY (1) SITE CONTROLLER
ENH : ASTRO 25 SITE REPEATER SITE CO
ADD: 7.5 FT OPEN RACK, 48RU
ADD : 700 MHz + 800 MHz DIPLEXER w/PMU
SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK
POWER DIST. UNIT SURGE PROTECT 120V
RACK MOUNTING PLATE ADAPTER , DSOP8
EIGHT WIRE PROTECTION MODULE WITH R
HORIZONTAL RACK BUS BAR FOR TSJ AND
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Equipment List 2-4
System
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
EAGLE MTN
EAGLE MTN
Burnett Pl
EAGLE MTN
Bolt Stree
ALT_PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT_PSAP
ALT PSAP
ALT_PSAP
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
•
I Qty I Nomenclature
1 NPI_000302
1 NPI _000303
1 DLN6566
1 DLN6567
1 DLN6634
1 DLN1306
1 DLN6569
1 DLN6568
1 DLN6455R
1 DSAPXIMAX808
1 DSAPXIMAX808MM
1 DSAPXIMAX809
1 DSAPXIMAX809MM
1 DSNN200120612A
2 DSCPX1101986
2 DSCPX1101986
1 L20URS9PW1 N
1 G806
1 G361
1 G51
1 G80
1 G400
1 G799
1 L146
1 TRN7466
1 L20URS9PW1 N
1 G806
1 G361
1 G51
1 G80
1 G400
1 G799
1 L146
1 TRN7466
1 T7054
1 CA00855AA
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
I Description
RUBY ROUTER
ADD : Base Router w/T1 module
FRU : GTR 8000 TRANSCEIVER 700/800 M
FRU: GTR 8000 PA 700/800 MHZ
FRU : 700/800 MHZ SITE LNA
FRU : 700/800 MHZ CABINET LNA
FRU: GCP 8000/GCM 8000
FRU : GTR 8000/GCP 8000 POWER SUPPLY
CONFIGURATION/SERVICE SOFTWARE
240/120 1 PHASE TYPE 1 NEMA 4X
240/120 VAC 1 PHASE TYPE 2 NEMA 4X
208/120 3 PHASE TYPE 1 NEMA 4X
208/120 3 PHASE TYPE 2 NEMA 4X 160K
UPS, NFINITY 20KVA/16KW, 7 MIN RUN
16 PORT DATA PROTECTION DEVICE FOR
16 PORT DAT A PROTECTION DEVICE FOR
10-35W 762-870MHZ XTL 5000 CONSOLET
ENH : IMBE ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OP
ENH: ASTRO PROJECT 25 TRUNKING SOFT
ENH : 3600 SMARTZONE OPERATION
ADD : W7 HW SETUP CONSOLETTE
ENH : 1 YEAR REPAIR SERVICE ADVANTAG
ADD: PRINTED TEST RES UL TS
ADD : TONE REMOTE CONTROL XTL 5000
MOUNTING BRACKET EIA 19 INCH
10-35W 762-870MHZ XTL 5000 CON SO LET
ENH: IMBE ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OP
ENH : ASTRO PROJECT 25 TRUNKING SOFT
ENH: 3600 SMARTZONE OPERATION
ADD : W7 HW SETUP CONSOLETTE
ENH: 1 YEAR REPAIR SERVICE ADVANTAG
ADD : PRINTED TEST RESULTS
ADD : TONE REMOTE CONTROL XTL 5000
MOUNTING BRACKET EIA 19 INCH
GTR 8000 EXPANDABLE SITE SUB-SYSTEM
ADD : 700/800 MHZ MID POWER
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Equipment List 2-5
System
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
•
I aty I Nomenclature
1 X304AE
1 X591AE
1 CA00861AA
1 CA00879AA
1 CA00882AA
1 CA00303AA
1 X591AF
1 X882AH
15 L1705
2 DSL4TDMPS
2 TDN9289
250 L1713
1 TT05071AA
1 TT04970AA
1 DSL6TDFPS
6 TDN7547
2 DSL6SGRIP
1 DSDSXLDMABF
1 DSGSAKITD
50 L1705
1 DDN9386
1 DSL4TDMPS
1 DDN9743
15 L1705
1 DDN9386
1 DSL4TDMPS
5 TDN9289
5 L1705
2 DDN9386
250 L3323
1 TT05176AA
1 TT04969AA
1 DDN9498
6 TDN6674
2 DSL5SGRIP
250 L1705
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
I Description
ADD : QTY (4) GTR 8000 BASE RADIOS
ENH : ASTRO 25 SITE REPEATER SW
ADD : CABINET RMC W/CAPABILITY OF 6
ADD : PRIMARY 6 PORT CAVITY COMBINER
ADD: 700 MHZ TX FILTER W/PMU
ADD: QTY (1) SITE CONTROLLER
ENH : ASTRO 25 SITE REPEATER SITE CO
ADD: 7.5 FT OPEN RACK, 48RU
CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PE
1/2" 7 -16 DIN MALE POSITIVE STOP
CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING
CABLE: 1-1/4" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT P
ADD:1-1/4" 7-16 DIN FEMALE , POSITIV
ADD: CONNECTOR ATTACHMENT FEE FOR L
1-1/4" 7-16 DIN FEMALE POSITIVE STO
1-1/4" CABLE GROUND CLAMP KIT
1-1/4" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP
PCS MICRO FILTER PROTECTOR 700 MHz-2
GROUND STRAP KIT -DIN
CABLE : 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PE
1/2" TYPE N MALE POSITIVE STOP CONN
1/2" 7 -16 DIN MALE POSITIVE STOP
TORQUE WRENCH KIT FOR 7-16 DIN & TY
CABLE : 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PE
1/2" TYPE N MALE POSITIVE STOP CONN
1/2" 7 -16 DIN MALE POSITIVE STOP
CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING
CABLE : 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PE
1/2" TYPE N MALE POSITIVE STOP CONN
CABLE : 7/8" AVA HELIAX POLY JKT PER
ADD : 7/8" TYPE N FEMALE POSITIVE ST
ADD : CONNECTOR ATTACHMENT FEE FOR A
7/8" TYPE N FEMALE POSITIVE ST OP C
5/8" -7/8" CABLE GROUND CLAMP KIT
7/8" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP
CABLE: 1 /2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PE
City of Fort Worth , TX
Proje ct 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Equipment List 2-6
System
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
Burnett Pl
•
I aty I Nomenclature
1 TT05061AA
1 TT04967AA
1 DDN9385
6 TDN6673
2 DSL4SGRIP
1 DSDASHYNMNF01 S
50 L1700
2 DDN9769
50 L1702
2 CDN6579
1 DS42883H01TA
1 DS42883H01 MA
2 DSSC412HF2LDFE5608
4 DSCLAMP006C
1 DSCGXZ36NMNFA
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
I Description
ADD : 1/2" TYPE N MALE POSITIVE STOP
ADD : CONNECTOR ATTACHMENT LDF4 ANTE
1/2" TYPE N FEMALE POSITIVE STOP CO
1/2" CABLE GROUND CLAMP KIT
SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 1/2" LDF
DAS-HY-NMNF-01S -800-2500MHZ, RJ45
CABLE : 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER
1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1
CABLE: 1/2" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER
1/2" TYPE N MALE PLATED CONNECTOR
TTA , COMPACT AUTO QUAD 792-824 MHZ
16-PORT RX MULTICOUPLER DECK FOR
COLLINEAR OMNI ANTENNA, 11.5 DBD GA
SINGLE CLAMP FOR SC281/SC381ANTENNA
400-1200MHZ +36 VOLT (CGXZ+36NMNF-A)
City of Fort Worth , TX
Proj ect 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Equipment List 2-7
Section 3. Statement of Work
3.1 Implementation Overview
Motorola is proposing an ASTRO 25 IP-based trunked radio system for the City of
Fort Worth . Our proposal includes a Master site at Eagle Mountain , six channel 800
MHz and four channel 700 MHz ASTRO 25 Repeater Subsystems (ASR) at Burnett
Plaza and ISSI interface to the NCTCOG Project 25 trunked radio system. We have
also proposed interfacing the existing Bolt Street Dispatch and Gold Elite consoles to
the new Master site. The System Description discusses the design in further detail.
Our proposal provides the City of Fort Worth with a robust Project 25 compliant
communications system as well as a framework for citywide migration. The system
design is scalable , with inherent capability for expansion and enhanced coverage. Our
solution also provides interoperability both within the City of Fort Worth between
legacy and proposed ASTRO 25 systems via the Gold Elite Gateway and with the
City of Dallas and NCTCOG via ISSI.
We have designed the system assuming implementation in 2010 . Should there be
changes to the design or assumed timeline, Motorola will revise our proposal to
reflect these changes and subsequent costs.
The City of Fort Worth is in the process of implementing a new remote CEB at
TCCCD Dispatch as part of another project, which will utilize a point-to-point
microwave site link to connect to the Ambassador Electronics Bank (AEB) at Bolt
Street. Th e proposed design requires that the TCCCD Dispatch remote CEB connect
to the new AEB co-located with the Master site at Eagle Mountain. The City is
responsible for funding , rerouting the existing link if possible or providing a new site
link for this CEB .
We have included ISSI equipment in our proposal for th e City 's new ASTRO 25
trunked radio system to be located at the Eagle Mountain site. Per the City 's request ,
we have al so included equipment and software to upgrade the pending NCTCOG
ISSI to be located at the City of Dallas. Our services for this proposal also include
installation of a new single rack at the Dawson site . Please note howev er that it is the
City of Fort Worth 's respon sibility to work with the City of Dallas and NCTCOG to
facilitate system interconnection , fund and provide all required site links , system
configuration, programming, operational testing , interagency agreements and
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 20 10
Statement of Work 3-1
coordination. Additionally, both agencies are responsible for providing electrical ,
backup power, site link interconnectivity, space and R56 compliance at Dawson for
the ISSI equipment. Should the Cities require additional support or services beyond
installation, configuration and testing of new equipment, these may be acquired via
change order to the contract.
For the Burnett Plaza site location, we assume the City of Fort Worth and their
preferred subcontractor will provide all electrical services , associated equipment,
space and wiring required to support the proposed equipment. Our equipment list
includes new Type l , 2, and 3 surge protectors as well a UPS with bypass switch
used to back-up the equipment contained in this proposal. The City of Fort Worth
must install, wire and interface these devices to existing electrical systems in the
building as well as provide any additional electrical equipment required . These items
include installing Type 1 and Type 2 building surge protectors and bypass switch and
connecting to existing electrical systems per R56 Standards and Guidelines for
Communications sites. The City must hardwire and install the new UPS unit , bypass
switch and provide UPS electrical panels on the existing Generator and wire
accordingly . The City must install all new Type 3 surge suppressors into racks and
wired to individual 20Amp breakers in the new City provided UPS electrical breaker
panels .
We are not proposing new Project 25 capable subscribers or flash upgrades to
existing radios to provide this capability as part of this project. The City is
responsible for providing radios capable of operating on the proposed radio system.
The following sections provide a description of the work breakdown structure
associated with the main elements of the project as well as an indication of Motorola
and City of Fort Worth responsibilities. This is a preliminary Statement of Work
based on our proposed design and will be revised (as necessary) throughout the
development of the scope of the project.
3.2 Contract
3.2.1 Contract Award
The City of Fort Worth and Motorola execute the contract and both parties receive all
the necessary documentation.
3.2.2 Contract Administration
•
Motorola Responsibilities:
• Assign a Project Manager, as the single point of contact with authority to make
project decisions .
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-2
+ Assign resources necessary for project implementation .
• Set up the project in the Motorola information system.
• Schedule the project kick-off meeting with the City of Fort Worth .
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
• Assign a single point of contact (SPOC) responsible for City of Fort Worth signed
approvals .
• Assign other resources necessary to ensure completion of project tasks for which
the City of Fort Worth is responsible.
Completion Criteria:
• Motorola internal processes are set up for project management.
+ Both Motorola and the City of Fort Worth assign all required resources.
• Project kickoff meeting is scheduled.
3.2.3 Project Kickoff
•
Motorola Responsibilities:
• Conduct a project kickoff meeting.
+ Ensure key project team participants attend the meeting .
+ Introduce all project participants attending the meeting.
• Review the roles of the project participants to identify communication flows and
decision-making authority between project participants .
• Review the overall project scope and objectives with the City of Fort Worth.
• Review the resource and scheduling requirements with the City of Fort Worth .
• Review the Project Schedule with the City of Fort Worth to address upcoming
milestones and/or events.
• Revi ew the teams ' interactions (Motorola and the City of Fort Worth), m eetings ,
reports , milestone acceptance, and the City of Fort Worth 's participation in
particular phases .
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
• The City of Fort Worth 's key project team participants attend the meeting .
• Revi ew Motorola and City of Fort Worth responsibiliti e s .
Completion Criteria:
• Project kick-off me eting completed .
• Meeting notes identify the next action items .
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
Ap ril 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-3
3.3 Contract Design Review (CDR)
3.3.1 Review Contract Design
•
Motorola Responsibilities:
• Meet with the City of Fort Worth project team.
• Review and confirm the operational requirements and the impact of those
requirements on various equipment configurations.
• Establish a defined baseline for the system design and identify any special
product requirements and their impact on system implementation.
• Review the System Design, Statement of Work, Project Schedule, and
Acceptance Test Plans, and update the contract documents accordingly.
• Submit design documents (at the meeting and throughout the project) to the City
of Fort Worth for approval. These documents form the basis of the system, which
Motorola will manufacture, assemble, stage, and install.
• Prepare equipment layout plans for staging.
• Provide minimum acceptable performance specifications for microwave, fiber, or
copper links.
• Establish demarcation points to define the connections between the Motorola-
supplied equipment and the City of Fort Worth-supplied link(s) and external
interfaces.
• Work with the City of Fort Worth to identify radio interference between the new
communication system and other existing radio systems, if interference exists.
Restrictions:
• Motorola assumes no liability or responsibility for inadequate frequency
availability or frequency licensing issues .
• Motorola is not responsible for issues outside of its immediate control. Such
issues include, but are not restricted to, improper frequency coordination by
others and non-compliant operation of other radios.
• Motorola is not responsible for co-channel interference due to errors in frequency
coordination by APCO or any other unlisted frequencies , or the improper design,
installation, or operation of systems installed or operated by others .
• If, for any reason, any of the proposed sites cannot be utilized du e to reasons
beyond Motorola's control, the costs associated with site changes or delays
including, but not limited to, re-engineering, frequency re-licensing, site zoning,
site permitting, schedule delays, site abnormalities, re-mobilization, etc., will be
paid for by the City of Fort Worth and documented through the change order
process.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-4
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
+ The City of Fort Worth's key project team participants attend the meeting .
+ Make timely decisions , according to the Project Schedule .
+ Frequency Licensing and Interference :
• As mandated by FCC, the City of Fort Worth, as the licensee, has the
ultimate responsibility for providing all required radio licensing or
licensing modifications for the system prior to system staging. This
responsibility includes paying for FCC licensing and frequency
coordination fees.
• Provide the FCC "call sign" station identifier for each site prior to system
staging .
• The City is responsible for providing six additional 800 MHz and four
additional 700 MHz frequency pairs that fit within the proposed antenna
combining systems and provide adequate isolation from existing channels.
This information will be required prior to ordering equipment. The City
must procure and license these channels by the final established date in
the project schedule for frequency acquisition . Should the City desire to
reuse frequencies, it will be their responsibility to relicense these at the
new site.
Completion Criteria:
+ Complete Design Documentation, which may include updated System
Description, Statement of Work, Equipment List, system drawings , or other
documents applicable to the project.
+ Incorporate any deviations from the proposed system into the contract documents
accordingly .
+ The system design is "frozen ," in preparation for subsequent project phases such
as Order Processing and Manufacturing.
+ A Change Order is executed in accordance with all material changes resulting
from the Design Review .
3.3.2 Design Approval
+ Motorola and the City of Fort Worth execute a Design Approval milestone
document.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-5
3.4 Order Processing
3.4.1 Process Equipment List
Motorola Responsibilities:
+ Validate Equipment List by checking for valid model numbers , versions ,
compatible options to main equipment, and delivery data.
+ Enter order into Motorola's Customer Order Fulfillment (COF) system.
+ Create Ship Views, to confirm with the City of Fort Worth the secure storage
location(s) to which the equipment will ship . Ship Views are the mailing labels
that carry complete equipment shipping information, which direct the timing ,
method of shipment, and ship path for ultimate destination receipt.
+ Create equipment orders .
+ Reconcile the equipment list(s) to the Contract.
+ Procure third-party equipment if applicable.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
+ Approve shipping location(s).
+ Complete and provide Tax Certificate information verifying tax status of shipping
location .
Completion Criteria:
+ Order bridged to the manufacturing facility.
+ Resulting Factory Orders generated, indicating anticipated ship dates .
3.5 Manufacturing and Staging
3.5.1 Manufacture Motorola Fixed Network Equipment
•
Motorola Responsibilities:
+ Manufacture the Fixed Network Equipment (FNE) based on equipment order.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
+ None
Completion Criteria:
+ FNE shipped to either the field or the staging facility.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-6
3.5.2 Manufacture Motorola Consolettes
Motorola Responsibilities:
+ Manufacture the consolettes based on equipment order and project schedule.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
• None
Completion Criteria:
+ Subscribers (consolettes) shipped to the field .
3.5.3 Manufacture Non-Motorola Equipment
Motorola Responsibilities:
+ Manufacture non-Motorola (third party suppliers) equipment necessary for the
system based on equipment order.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
• None
Completion Criteria:
+ Ship non-Motorola manufactured equipment to the field and/or the staging
facility .
3.5.4 Develop Fleetmap -Alternate PSAP Consolettes
•
The term "Fleetmap" is generically used to describe the programming parameters that
are used to tailor the functionality of the system to specific customer's use-cases .
Items such as dispatch functionality are reviewed and configuration parameters are
determined.
Motorola Responsibilities:
+ Schedule meetings with City of Fort Worth representatives.
+ Provide details on the features and functionality of the system.
+ Work with the City of Fort Worth and obtain approval of the fleetmap.
• Program the Alternate PSAP Consolettes based on the fleetmap .
• Any changes requested by the City of Fort Worth, after approval of fleetmap and
template definitions , will require a review of the impact to project cost and
schedule and updating the contract documents accordingly.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-7
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
• Assign a single point of contact to serve as the interface to Motorola regarding
Fleetmap development.
• Assist in the completion of the initial fleetmapping process prior to staging of the
system.
Completion Criteria:
• Fleetmap requirements completed and approved by the City of Fort Worth.
The Alternate PSAP consolettes will be programmed to operate with a subset of
preprogrammed talkgroups on the proposed new ASTRO 25 trunked radio system.
These consolettes will allow dispatchers at Alternate PSAP to monitor audio on a
selected ASTRO talkgroup. As such, fleetmapping, template and programming
activities will be limited to providing this functionality.
3.5.5 Develop Consolette Radio Templates
Motorola Responsibilities:
• Motorola will define radio programming templates for the two consolettes at
Alternate PSAP to provide the functionality described above .
• Program the approved templates into a radio-programming template tool.
• Program consolettes with approved templates and deliver for the City of Fort
Worth evaluation.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
• Single point of contact approves spreadsheet templates prior to programming of
sample test radios.
• Approve templates
Completion Criteria:
• Templates completed and approved by the City of Fort Worth .
3.5.6 Ship to Staging
•
Ship all equipment needed for staging to Motorola's factory staging facility (CCSi).
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-8
3.5.7 Stage System
Motorola Responsibilities:
+ Set up and rack the system equipment on a site-by-site basis, as it will be
configured in the field at each of the dispatch and transmitter/receiver sites. Floor-
space layouts will be used at CCSi to mimic the layout of each site.
+ Cut cables to length according to the floor-space layout documentation.
+ Label the cables with to /from information to specify interconnection for field
installation and future servicing needs.
+ Complete the cabling/connecting of all system components .
+ Assemble required subsystems (Dispatch, RF, System Management and Control)
to assure system functionality.
+ Power up, program, and test all staged equipment.
+ Confirm system configuration and software compatibility.
+ Complete programming, configuration and optimization of the Fixed Network
Equipment.
+ Program the approved templates into a radio-programming template tool.
+ Complete programming of consolettes .
+ Inventory the equipment with serial numbers and installation references.
+ Complete system documentation.
+ Perform end-to-end functional acceptance testing .
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
+ Provide information on room layouts or other information necessary for the
assembly to meet field conditions.
+ Review and approve proposed equipment rack and floor layouts.
+ Review and approve proposed interfaces to City of Fort Worth-provided sub-
systems (i .e. new dispatch consoles and remote site communications link).
+ Review and approve the proposed CCSi functional acceptance test plan .
Completion Criteria:
+ System staging completed and ready for testing .
3.5.8 Perform Staging Acceptance Test Procedure
•
Motorola Responsibilities:
+ Test and validate system software and features .
+ Functional testing of standard system features.
+ Conduct site and system level testing .
+ Power-up site equipment and perform standardized functionality tests.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-9
+ Perform system burn-in 24 hours a day during staging to isolate and capture any
defects .
+ Perform City of Fort Worth-witnessed tests based upon Factory Acceptance Test
Plan.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
+ Attend Factory Acceptance Testing
+ Pay for travel, lodging, meals, and all incidental expenses for City of Fort Worth
personnel and representatives to witness the Factory Acceptance Testing.
Completion Criteria:
+ Approve CCSi functional acceptance test.
3.5.9 Ship Equipment to Field
Motorola Responsibilities:
+ Pack system for shipment to final destination .
+ Arrange for shipment to the field.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
+ Coordinate with Motorola to determine the logistics receiving and unloading
equipment at City of Fort Worth facilities ( e.g. identifying the need for lift-gates
or forklifts to assist unloading if the City of Fort Worth cannot provide).
Completion Criteria:
+ Equipment ready for shipment to the field .
3.5.10 CCSi Ship Acceptance
+ All equipment shipped to the field.
+ All equipment inventoried, verified recei v ed .
3.6 Civil Work And Site Improvements
•
The term "civil work" generically describes the activities required to prepare facilities
for the installation of the proposed equipment. Such activities can include structural
modifications to provide the amount of space to accommodate the new equipment;
expansion of existing AC or DC power systems ; improvement of existing grounding
systems ; expansion of existing HV AC systems. Specific site development activities
are determined through a series of onsite visits in order to determine the extent of
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-1 O
civil work required to accommodate the system . Motorola and the City of Fort Worth
conducted site visits throughout the development of this proposal. General and site-
specific development responsibilities are described below .
3.6.1 General Site Development Responsibilities
•
Motorola Responsibilities:
+ Provide detailed requirements regarding space , electrical , heat load , surge
protection, grounding, HV AC etc . for the new equipment to be installed at all
City locations.
+ Ground and bond new Motorola provided equipment at proposed sites.
+ Provide specific site improvements at sites as described in 2.6 .2 below per R56
Standards and Guidelines for Communications Sites.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
+ Secure site lease/ownership, zoning, permits, regulatory approvals , and
easements, power, and telecommunications connections.
+ Perform tower mapping and structural analyses of proposed tower sites. Note :
This proposal includes structural analysis services for Burnett Plaza rooftop only
but not tower mapping . This proposal does not include any costs to perform
structural reinforcements or modifications to the existing towers .
+ Provide clear and stable access to the sites for transporting electronics and other
materials. Sufficient site access must be available for trucks to deliver materials
under their own power and for personnel to move materials to the facility without
assistance from special equipment unless otherwise noted prior to equipment
shipment.
+ Design and construct (or modify) facilities for housing communications
equipment such as shelters, towers, generators, fuel tanks , fenced compounds , etc.
+ Supply adequately sized main electrical service , backup power (UPS , generator,
batteries , etc.). Motorola has included a single UPS for Burnett Plaza to be
installed by the City of Fort Worth .
+ Provide adequate HV AC, grounding, lighting, cable routing, and surge protection
(accommodating existing and new equipment) based upon Motorola's R56
Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites. Note: the proposed system
consists of 7-1/2" equipment racks . This requires a minimum ceiling height of 9
ft. and minimum cable tray height of 8 ft.
+ Provide floor space and desk space for all equipment per floor-space layouts
determined during the design review. Each rack shall be provided a minimum of
24" x 24" footprint with 36 inches clearance in the front and back.
+ Relocate existing equipment, if needed, to provide required space for the
installation of Motorola-supplied equipment.
+ Bring grounding system up to Motorola 's R56 Standards and Guidelines for
Communication Sites and supply a single point system ground, of 5 ohms or less ,
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-11
to be used on all Motorola-supplied equipment. Supply grounding tie point within
10' of the Motorola-supplied equipment. Note: Motorola can provide a quote for
R56 upgrades after doing site audits , if the city desires.
• Provide all necessary wall or roof penetrations for antenna system coax and inter-
equipment cabling.
• Provide obstruction-free pathways for cable runs between demarcation points and
Motorola-supplied equipment.
• Supply interior building cable trays , raceways , conduits, and wire supports.
• Responsible for all environmental aspects of City-provided facilities .
• Resolve environmental or hazardous material issues. Provide Motorola notice to
proceed when facilities are prepared for installation.
• Arrange for space on the tower for installation of new antennas at the proposed
heights.
• Provide structural modifications to the tower if deemed necessary based on the
tower mapping and structural analysis.
• Complete all City of Fort Worth deliverables in accordance within the approved
project schedule .
Completion Criteria:
• All sites are ready for equipment installations in compliance with Motorola's R56
Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites.
3.6.2 Site-Specific Site Development Responsibilities
3.6.2.1 Eagle Mountain Master Site
•
Motorola Responsibilities:
• Engineering Services for site drawings and regulatory approvals.
• Prepare site construction drawings, showing the layout of various new and
existing site components.
• Conduct site walks to collect pertinent information from the sites ( e .g ., location of
Telco , power, existing facilities etc.).
• Prepare an exhibit sketch of the site to communicate to the property owner the
proposed space and planned development at the particular site location .
• Prepare record drawings of the site showing the as-built information .
• Research permit requirements (building, utility) for the construction work at the
site, and determine if the permits are required. If a permit is required, the
Motorola shall obtain the necessary permit forms and complete the necessary
information on behalf of the Customer.
• Submit the completed application forms , to the local jurisdiction and apply for
applicable permits.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
Ap ril 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-12
•
+ Provide one-time mobilization costs for the construction crews . Any
remobilization due to interruptions/delays that are out of Motorola's control will
result in additional costs.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
+ Zoning and local permitting services
+ As applicable, coordinate, prepare, submit and pay for all required permits and
inspections for the work that is the Customer's responsibility .
+ Review and approve site design drawings within seven calendar days of
submission by Motorola or its subcontractor(s). Should a re-submission be
required, the Customer shall review and approve the re-submitted plans within
seven calendar days from the date of submittal.
+ Pay for application fees , taxes and recurring payments for lease /ownership of the
property .
+ Provide personnel to observe construction progress and testing of site equipment
according to the schedule provided by Motorola.
+ Secure clear and unencumbered title, Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) or
Lease Agreement with the property owner.
+ Provide existing as-built drawings of the site and site components to Motorola for
conducting site engineering.
+ Provide a right of entry letter from the site owner for Motorola to conduct field
investigations.
+ Provide space, HV AC, backup power (UPS and generator), grounding, lighting,
fire suppression and cabling facilities for the equipment room per Motorola's R56
specifications.
+ Confirm that there is adequate utility service to support the new equipment and
ancillary equipment.
+ Confirm that the existing generator is sufficient to support the new equipment and
ancillary equipment loads.
+ Supply required UPS Power to support the additional proposed equipment. This
uninterruptible power source shall be adequate to back-up all radio equipment as
well as future equipment growth.
+ Provide support and entry facilities for the cables (cable ladder/chase-way, entry
ports etc.) between the proposed equipment locations.
Assumptions:
+ No prevailing wage , certified payroll, mandatory union workers or mandatory
minority workers are required for this work.
+ All work is assumed to be done during normal business hours as dictated by time
zone (Monday thru Friday -7:30 a.m. -5:00 p.m.).
+ Site has adequate electrical service for the new shelter and tower. Utility
transformer, transformer upgrades, line or pole extensions have not been
included.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-13
• Pricing has been based on National codes such IBC or BOCA. Local codes or
jurisdictional requirements have not been considered in this proposal.
• A maximum of 30 days will be required for obtaining approved building permits
from time of submission and a maximum of 60 days will be required for zoning
approvals from time of submittal.
• The existing ground system at the site is sufficient to achieve resistance of 10
ohms or less .
• AM detuning or Electro-magnetic emission studies will not be required.
• The site has adequate utility service to support the proposed equipment loading .
Utility transformer upgrades or step-up or down transformers will not be required.
• Alarming at existing sites will be limited to new component installations and will
have to be discussed and agreed to on a site-by-site basis.
• The site will have adequate room for installation of proposed equipment, based on
applicable codes and Motorola's Standards and Guidelines for Communications
Sites (R56, revision 09/01/2005).
• The existing utility service and backup power facilities (UPS, generators) have
sufficient extra capacity to support the proposed new equipment load .
• The floor can support the proposed new loading. Physical or structural
improvements to the existing room will not be required.
Completion Criteria
• Site development completed and approved by City of Fort Worth .
Site Specific Tasks:
Task I Site I Responsibility
Provide adequate space , backup power, Eagle Mountain City of Fort Worth
electrical facilities, grounding , HVAC for
compliance to R56.
Architectural & Engineering Services:
Construction & Record Drawings
Permit Preparation
Zoning & Permitting
Install Type 1 surge protector on load
site of Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS)
Install Type 2 on electrical service side
of ATS
Install 10 Type 3, 8-outlet surge
protector in equipment racks and wire to
individual 20 Amp breakers in existing
City electrical panels within 35'
Install 20 Amp breakers in existing City
electrical panels and wire to simplex
outlets located within 35'
• Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
Eagle Mountain
Eagle Mountain
Eagle Mountain
Eagle Mountain
Eagle Mountain
Eagle Mountain
Motorola
City of Fort Worth
Motorola
Motorola
Motorola
Motorola
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-14
Task I Site I Responsibility
Install two GPS Antenna systems for Eagle Mountain Motorola
network time synchronization
Provide Construction Supervision Eagle Mountain Motorola
3.6.2.2 Burnett Plaza ASR Sites
•
Motorola Responsibilities:
+ Engineering Services for site drawings and regulatory approvals.
+ Existing tower to be used for antennas-567' Rooftop .
+ Prepare site construction drawings, showing the layout of various new and
existing site components.
+ Conduct site walks to collect pertinent information from the sites ( e.g., location of
Telco, power, existing facilities etc .).
+ Prepare an exhibit sketch of the site to communicate to the property owner the
proposed lease space and planned development at the particular site location.
+ Prepare record drawings of the site showing the as-built information.
+ Perform National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Threshold Screening
including limited literature and records search and brief reporting, as necessary to
identify sensitive natural and cultural features referenced in 47 Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) Chapter 1, subsection 1.1307 that may be potentially impacted
by the proposed construction activity . This does not include the additional field
investigations to document site conditions if it is determined that the proposed
communication facility "may have a significant environmental impact" and thus
require additional documentation, submittals or work.
+ Provide a structural engineering analysis for antenna support structure, if
necessary, to support the proposed the proposed equipment loads.
+ Research permit requirements (building, utility and construction permits) for the
construction of the proposed site, and determine if the permits are required. If a
permit is required, the Motorola shall obtain the necessary permit forms and
complete the necessary information on behalf of the Customer.
+ Submit the completed application forms to the local jurisdiction and apply for
applicable permits.
+ Provide one-time mobilization costs for the construction crews. Any
remobilization due to interruptions/delays that are out of Motorola's control will
result in additional costs .
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
+ Site Acquisition services
+ Zoning and local permitting services
+ Provide EME plans for the site to comply with FCC requirements prior to starting
tower work.
+ Assist Motorola with permitting for sites as owner/lessee.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-15
•
+ As applicable, coordinate, prepare, submit and pay for all required permits and
inspections for the work that is the Customer's responsibility.
+ Review and approve site design drawings within seven calendar days of
submission by Motorola or its subcontractor(s). Should a re-submission be
required, the Customer shall review and approve the re-submitted plans within
seven calendar days from the date of submittal.
+ Pay for application fees, taxes and recurring payments for lease/ownership of the
property.
+ Provide personnel to observe construction progress and testing of site equipment
according to the schedule provided by Motorola.
+ Secure clear and unencumbered title, Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) or
Lease Agreement with the property owner.
+ Provide property deed or lease agreement, along with existing as-built drawings
of the site and site components to Motorola for conducting site engineering.
+ Provide a right of entry letter from the site owner for Motorola to conduct field
investigations.
+ Arrange for space on the structure for installation of new antennas at the proposed
heights on designated existing antenna mounting structures . Perform any required
structural modifications to antenna mounting structures required to support
proposed equipment.
+ Provide as-built structural and foundation drawings of the structure and site
location(s) along with geotechnical report(s) for Motorola to conduct a structural
analysis.
+ Provide support facilities for the antenna cables ( cable ladder, entry ports,
waveguide bridge) from the antenna to the equipment room.
+ Provide space, HV AC, backup power (generator), outlets , grounding, lighting ,
fire suppression and cabling facilities for the equipment room per Motorola's R56
specifications .
+ Confirm that there is adequate utility service to support the new equipment and
ancillary equipment.
+ Confirm that the existing generator is sufficient to support the new equipment and
ancillary equipment loads.
+ If required, remove or relocate any existing facilities, equipment and utilities to
create space for new site facilities and equipment.
+ If required, provide any physical improvements (walls , roofing , flooring , painting
etc.) necessary to house the equipment in the existing room.
Assumptions:
+ No prevailing wage , certified payroll, mandatory union workers or mandatory
minority workers are required for this work.
+ All work is assumed to be done during normal business hours as dictated by time
zone (Monday thru Friday -7:30 a .m. -5:00 p.m .).
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-16
•
+ All utility installations shall be coordinated and paid for by the site owner and
located at jointly agreed to location within or around the new communications
shelter or equipment room.
+ Site has adequate electrical service for the new equipment. Utility transformer,
transformer upgrades or line extensions have not been included.
+ Pricing has been based on National codes such IBC or BOCA. Local codes or
jurisdictional requirements have not been considered in this proposal.
+ Site is being constructed at a location where hazardous materials are not present.
Testing and removal of hazardous materials encountered during site
investigations or construction will be the responsibility of the Customer.
+ A maximum of 30 days will be required for obtaining approved building permits
from time of submission and a maximum of 60 days will be required for zoning
approvals from time of submittal.
+ If extremely harsh or difficult weather conditions exist that delay the site work for
more than a week, Motorola will seek excusable delays rather than risk job site
safety.
+ Existing facility has an adequate ground system with a ground resistance of 10
ohms or less .
+ Existing antenna support structures is structurally capable of supporting the new
antenna, cables and ancillary equipment proposed and will not need to be
removed or rebuilt at the existing site. The tower or supporting structure meets all
applicable EIA/TIA-222 structural , foundation , ice , wind and twist and sway
requirements . Motorola has not included any cost for structural or foundation
upgrades to the antenna support structure.
+ Existing cable support facilities from the antenna to the cable entry port can be
used for supporting the new antenna cables.
+ Extensive documentation (balloon tests, photo simulations , expert testimony etc .)
to support zoning effort for existing structures is not required .
+ Alarming at existing sites will be limited to new component installations and will
have to be discussed and agreed to on a site-by-site basis .
+ The site will have adequate room for installation of proposed equipment based on
applicable codes and Motorola 's Standards and Guidelines for Communications
Sites (R56 , revision 09/01/2005).
+ The existing utility service has sufficient extra capacity to support the proposed
new equipment load .
+ A clear obstruction-free access exists from the antenna location to the equipment
room.
+ The Customer does not desire upgrade of the ex isting site to meet the
requirements of R56 -2005 version.
+ The floor can support the proposed new loading . Physical or structural
improvements to the existing room will not b e required.
Completion Criteria
+ Site development completed and approved by City of Ft. Worth .
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-17
Site Specific Tasks
Task
Provide adequate space , backup power,
electrical facilities , grounding , HVAC for
compliance to R56.
Architectural & Engineering Services: . Construction & Record Drawings . Permit Preparation for Rooftop site . NEPA compliance/FCC checklist . Structural Analysis for Rooftop
Zoning & Permitting
Install ASR Antenna Systems :
Four Antennas with side arms
Two Tower Top Preamplifiers
500' each of Transmit , Receive & Test
transmission lines
Sweep antenna lines
Ground and Bond
Supply and install 200A UPS breaker
panels with capacity for at least 32 circuits
Supply and install 32 20A single pole
breakers in the distribution panels and
wire to outlets located on an average
within 35 cable feet
Supply and install one 200A circuit breaker
in the main electric panel to feed the
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
system proposed for the new equipment
Install Type 1 surge protector on load site
of Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS)
Install Type 2 on electrical service side of
ATS
Install new UPS equipment , maintenance
bypass switch and wire output to UPS
breaker panels
Install (4) Type 3 8-outlet surge protectors
in equipment racks and wire to individual
20 Amp breakers in UPS distribution panel
within 35'
Provide Construction Supervision
Provide electrical services , electrical
panels, wire , grounding etc . to install
Motorola provided UPS , surge protectors
and equipment
• Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
I Site I
Burnett Plaza
Burnett Plaza
Burnett Plaza
Burnett Plaza
Burnett Plaza
Burnett Plaza
Burnett Plaza
Burnett Plaza
Burnett Plaza
Burnett Plaza
Burnett Plaza
Burnett Plaza
Burnett Plaza
Responsibility
City of Fort Worth
Motorola
City of Fort Worth
Motorola
City of Fort Worth
City of Fort Worth
City of Fort Worth
City of Fort Worth
City of Fort Worth
City of Fort Worth
City of Fort Worth
Motorola
City of Fort Worth
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-18
3.6.2.3 Other Proposed Sites
Task
Provide adequate space , backup power,
electrical facilities , grounding , HVAC for
compliance to R56 .
(If required) Architectural & Engineering
Services:
Construction & Record Drawings
Permit Preparation
Zoning & Permitting
(I f requ ired) Provide and install Type 1
surge protector on load site of Automatic
Transfer Switch (ATS)
(If required) Provide and install Type 2
on electrical service side of A TS
Install Type 3 , 8-outlet surge protector in
equipment rack and wire to individual 20
Amp breakers in City electrical panels
within 35'
Install 20 Amp breakers in City electrical
panels and wire to simplex outlets
located within 35 '
Install new electrical service , breaker
panels and w iring if necessary
Provide Construction Supervision
Task
Provide adequate space , backup power,
electrical facilities , grounding , HVAC for
compl iance to R56 .
Zoning & Permitti ng
Provide adequate space , backup power,
electrical facilities , grounding , HVAC for
compliance to R56 .
Provide cable routing facilities , roof
penetrations , mounting structures ,
conduits , hardware and grounding
systems for two new consolette antenna
systems
Connect consolettes to existing or prov ide
new rack mounted electrical circuits at this
location
• Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or discl os ure of th is pro posal is
subject to the rest riction s on th e title page
I Site I
Dawson
Dawson
Dawson
Dawson
Dawson
Dawson
Dawson
Dawson
Dawson
I Site
Bolt Street
Bolt Street
Alternate PSAP
Alternate PSAP
Alternate PSAP
Responsibility
C ity of Fort Worth , City of
Dallas and NCTCOG
City of Fort Worth , City of
Dallas and NCTCOG
City of Fort Worth
City of Fort Worth , City of
Dallas and NCTCOG
City of Fort Worth , C ity of
Dallas and NCTCOG
City of Fort Worth , C ity of
Dallas and NCTCOG
C ity of Fort Worth , City of
Dallas and NCTCOG
City of Fort Worth , City of
Dallas and NCTCOG
Motorola
I Responsibility
City of Fort Worth
City of Fort Worth
City of Fort Worth
City of Fort Worth
Motorola
City of Fort Worth , TX
Proj ect 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 20 10
Statement of Work 3-19
Task I Site I Responsibility
Zoning & Permitting Alternate PSAP City of Fort Worth
Provide adequate space, backup power, Radio Shop City of Fort Worth
electrical facilities, grounding, HVAC for
compliance to R56.
Connect Network Management client to Radio Shop Motorola
existing or provide new electrical outlet
Zoning & Permitting Radio Shop City of Fort Worth
3.6.2.4 Network Transport
Motorola Responsibilities
+ Provide minimum requirements for Tl site links. Requirements are given in the
table below.
Parameter I Measurement Value
Bit Error Rate -BER 1x10 -6
Stratum Level 2 or Better
Max. Delay 5 milliseconds (ms)
Availability 99.999 %
Line Coding B8ZS (bit 8 zero substitution)
Signaling Clear Channel
Compression None
Framing ESF (extended super frame)
Pulse Amplitude 0 dBdsx (3.0V +/-0.3V or 6V P-P)
Dry or Wet Dry , No voltage (-48 VDC or other) Present
•
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities
+ The City of Fort Worth is responsible for providing twenty-five (25) microwave
based Tl links between the Eagle Mountain Water Treatment Master Site and the
Bolt Street dispatch that meet Motorola site link specifications.
+ The City of Fort Worth is responsible for providing two microwave-based Tl
links between the Eagle Mountain Water Treatment Master Site and the Burnett
Plaza Site Repeater RF Site that meet Motorola site link specifications .
+ The City of Fort Worth is responsible for providing one Tl link between the
Eagle Mountain Water Treatment Master Site and the City of Dallas Master Site
location that meets Motorola site link specifications .
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-20
Required T1 links to be provided by the City of Fort Worth.
Point A I Point B I Number of T1s
Eagle Mountain Master Site Bolt Street Dispatch Site 25
Eagle Mountain Master Site Burnett Plaza RF Site 2
Eagle Mountain Master Site Dallas Master Site 1
Eagle Mountain Master Site City of Fort Worth Radio Shop 1
Total 28
3.7 System Installation
3.7.1 Install Fixed Network Equipment
•
Motorola Responsibilities:
• Install system equipment as specified by th e Equipment List; System Description ,
and system drawings .
• Bond the supplied equipment to the site ground system in accordance with the
Motorola R56 Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites .
• Installation at Burnett Plaza if required shall occur after hours.
• Clearly label installed equipment and breaker panels and Type 3 protectors with
circuit numbers.
• Install all components of the system as designed and directed by Motorola and
staged at CCSi .
• Install and Bolt racks to the equipment shelter floor appropriately .
• Install power cables from each piece of equipment to the Type 3 arrestors , or
directly to the equipment in the case of the ESS stations .
• Install all equipment interconnect cables
• Ground all equipment to FNE specs (R56).
• Provide all required materials for installing, mounting , crimping, grounding and
bonding all Motorola provided equipment as part of this proposal.
• Assist in programming , optimization , and other tasks as designated by the System
Technologist during system implementation and cutover and resolve any
outstanding punchlist items.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
• Provide adequate facilities per section 2.6 above to support proposed equipment
in this project.
• Provide specific installation guidelines at Burnett Plaza and schedule with
building owner.
• Provide storage for the Aledo ASR equipment until deployment.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Proje ct 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-21
+ Remove or relocate existing equipment to make space for the new equipment or
else decommission.
Site Specific Tasks:
Eagle Mountain Master Site:
+ Install five 7.5' 19" equipment racks consisting of Master site equipment.
+ Install two Tl surge protectors in equipment racks and CAT-5 jumpers between
equipment and City provided site link demarcation.
+ Install two GPS antenna systems to existing ice bridge.
+ Install one Network Management client and interface to LAN switch.
+ Install one ISSI Gateway, Firewall, Routers and Ethernet switch and provide
CAT-5 jumpers between equipment and to City site link demarcation
Burnett Plaza:
+ Install three 7 .5' 19" equipment racks consisting of ASR equipment.
+ Install one Tl surge protector in equipment racks and CAT-5 jumpers between
equipment and City provided site link demarcation.
Dawson:
+ Install one 7.5' 19" equipment rack consisting ofISSI equipment and provide
CAT-5 jumpers between equipment and to City site link demarcation
Bolt Street Dispatch:
+ Install two T 1 surge protectors into existing rack and install CA T-5 jumpers
between equipment and City provided site link demarcation .
+ Install prewired cables for AIMI connections in advance of Cutover
+ After Cutover remove existing AEB and store at City of Fort Worth provided
location.
Alternate PSAP Dispatch:
+ Install two BIM cards in existing CEB
+ Install two XTL 5000 Consolettes in existing racks
+ Connect consolettes to console
Radio Shop:
+ Install one Network Management Client
+ Install one Tl surge suppressor and CA T-5 jumpers between equipment and City
provided site link demarcation.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-22
3.7.1.1 Interference
Motorola is not responsible for interference caused or received by the Motorola
provided equipment except for interference that is directly caused by the Motorola
provided transmitter(s) to the Motorola provided receiver(s). Should the City of Fort
Worth system experience interference, Motorola can be contracted to investigate the
source and recommend solutions to mitigate the issue.
The proposed equipment will use 800 MHz frequencies . Motorola is not responsible
for any interference related to the use of these frequencies; however will assist with
the frequency coordination process .
3.7.2 System Installation Acceptance (Milestone)
• All equipment installations are complete and accepted by the City of Fort Worth.
3.8 System Optimization
3.8.1 Optimize System Fixed Network Equipment
•
Motorola Responsibilities:
• Verify that all equipment is operating properly and that all electrical and signal
levels are set accurately.
• Check forward and reflected power for all radio equipment, after connection to
the antenna systems , to verify that RF power is within tolerances.
• Motorola and its subcontractors optimize each subsystem.
• Check audio and data levels to verify factory settings.
• Verify communication interfaces between devices for proper operation.
• Test features and functionality are in accordance with manufacturers'
specifications and that they comply with the final configuration established
during the design review and system staging .
• Install and integrate the Burnett RF site with the system, then optimize and
activate the zone controller.
• Integrate the Bolt Street console and Burnett RF site into the system to ensure
proper operation .
• Setup the Bolt Street console on the new radio system to perform the dispatching
operation .
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
• Provide access /escort to the sites
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-23
Completion Criteria:
+ System Fixed Network Equipment optimization is complete .
3.8.2 T1 Link Verification
Motorola Responsibilities:
+ Perform test to verify dispatch and remote RF site Tl link performance, prior to
the interconnection of the Motorola-supplied equipment to the Tl interface .
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
+ Make available the required T 1 links that meet the specifications supplied by
Motorola.
Completion Criteria:
+ Link verification successfully completed.
3.8.3 Optimization Complete
+ System optimization is completed. Motorola and the City of Fort Worth agree that
the equipment is ready for acceptance testing.
3.8.4 Proposal Assumptions
Motorola has based the system design (and price) on information gathered from
meetings with the City of Fort Worth, conducting site walks and an analysis of their
existing system and requirements. All assumptions have been listed in this document
for the City's review. Should Motorola's assumptions be deemed incorrect or not
agreeable to the City of Fort Worth, a revised proposal with the necessary changes
and adjusted costs will be required. Changes to the equipment or scope of the project
after contract will require a change order.
3.9 Audit and Acceptance Testing
3.9.1 Perform R56 Audit
•
Motorola Responsibilities:
+ Perform R56 site-installation quality-audits, verifying proper physical installation
and operational configurations .
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-24
+ Create site evaluation report to verify site meets or exceeds requirements , as
defined in Motorola's R 56 Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
+ Provide access /escort to the sites
Completion Criteria:
+ All R56 Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites audits completed
successfully.
3.9.2 Perform Functional Acceptance Testing
Motorola Responsibilities:
+ Provide the Functional Acceptance Test Plan scripts to the City of Fort Worth for
review during Design Review to be finalized prior to conducting the tests .
+ Conduct test scripts and verify the operational functionality and features of the
individual subsystems and the system supplied by Motorola, as contracted.
+ If any task as contractually described fail s, repeat that particular task after
Motorola determines that corrective action is complete.
+ Document all issues that arise during the acceptance tests.
+ Document the results of the acceptance tests and present to the City of Fort Worth
for review.
+ Resolve mutually agreed failures before Final System Acceptance.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
+ Review test plan scripts and provide approval prior to test execution.
+ Witness the functional testing
Completion Criteria:
+ Successful completion of the functional testing.
+ City of Fort Worth approval of the functional testing .
3.9.3 System Functional Acceptance Test Complete
•
+ City of Fort Worth approves the completion of the functional acceptance test.
+ We are not providing a Coverage Acceptance Test (CATP) as part of this
proposal.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-25
3 .10 Subscriber Installation
3 .10 .1 Program Consolettes
Motorola Responsibilities:
• Program consolettes and activate them on the system.
• Verify all features and functionalities of the consolette template.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
• Test an d verify each feature selected during the design review process .
• Approve successful testing of each feature by initialing template configuration
sheets as each feature is verified with a test unit.
Completion Criteria:
• All conso lettes are programmed and tested.
3 .10.2 Subscribers Complete
• All subscribers are programmed and approved by the City of Fort Worth .
3.11 Finalize
3.11.1 Resolve Punchlist
•
Motorola Responsibilities:
• Work with the City of Fort Worth to reso lve punchlist items , documented during
the Acceptance Testing phase , in order to meet all the criteria for final system
acceptance.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
• Assist Motorola with resolution of identified punchlist items by providing
support, such as access to the sites , equipment and system, and approval of the
resolved punchlist item( s ).
Completion Criteria:
• All punchlist items resolved and approved by the City of Fort Worth .
Motorola Confi dential Res tricted
Use or disclosure of this proposa l is
subject to the restricti ons on the title page
C ity of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP T runked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-26
3 .11 .2 Finalize Documentation
Motorola Responsibilities :
+ We will provide three soft copies only of the final system manual, which will
document the new equipment and systems in our proposal. Our documentation
costs do not include updating any existing system manual documentation or
providing hard printed copies.
+ D ocumentation will be limited to the following :
• Functional Acceptance Test Plan test sheets and results
• Equipment Inventory List
• ATP Test Checklists
• System Block Diagrams
• Rack Face Layouts
• Console interconnectivity
• Antenna Network Drawings for RF Sites
• Site Block Diagrams
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities :
+ Receive and approve all documentation provided by Motorola.
Completion Cr iteria:
+ The documentation listed above has been delivered by Motorola and approved by
the City of Fort Worth .
3.11.3 Fina l Acceptance (Milestone)
+ All deliverables completed, as contractually required.
+ Final System Acceptance received from the City of Fort Worth.
3.12 Project Administrat ion
3.12.1 Project Status Meetings
•
Motorola Responsibilities:
+ The Motorola Project Manager, or designee , will attend all project status meetings
with the City of Fort Worth, as determined during the design review.
+ Record the meeting minutes and supply the report.
+ The agenda will include the following:
• Overall project status compared to the Project Schedule.
• Product or service related issues that may affect the Project Schedule.
Motorola Co nfi denti a l Re stric ted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
C ity of Fo rt Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-27
• Status of the action items and the responsibilities associated with them, in
accordance with the Project Schedule.
• Any miscellaneous concerns of either the City of Fort Worth or Motorola.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
• Attend meetings
• Respond to issues in a timely manner
Completion Criteria:
• Completion of the meetings and submission of meeting minutes.
3.12.2 Progress Milestone Submittal
Motorola Responsibilities:
• Submit progress (non-payment) milestone completion certificate/documentation.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
• Approve milestone , which will signify confirmation of completion of the work
associated with the scheduled task.
Completion Criteria:
• The City of Fort Worth approval of the Milestone Completion document(s).
3.12.3 Change Order Process
CHANGE ORDERS. Either Party may request changes within the general scope of
this Agreement. If a requested change causes an increase or decrease in the cost or
time required to perform this Agreement, the Parties will agree to an equitable
adjustment of the Contract Price, Performance Schedule, or both , and will reflect the
adjustment in a change order. Neither Party is obligated to perform requested changes
unless both Parties execute a written change order.
3.12.4 Transition to Service/Project Transition Certificate
•
Motorola Responsibilities:
• Review the items necessary for transitioning the project to warranty support and
service .
• Provide a City of Fort Worth Support Plan detailing the warranty and post
warranty support associated with the Contract equipment (a review of the
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-28
•
proposed warranty support services , included in the price of this proposal is given
in the paragraphs below).
+ Execute the Project Transition Certificate indicating the transition from Final
System Acceptance to Warranty and Support.
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
+ Participate in the project transition process.
Completion Criteria:
+ All service information has been delivered and approved by the City of Fort
Worth.
+ Project Transition Certificate has been executed.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Rad io System
April 21 , 2010
Statement of Work 3-29
Section 4. Training Plan
4.1 Perform Training
4.1.1
Course
Motorola Responsibilities:
+ Finalize training schedules purchased as part of this project with the City of Fort
Worth Project Manager.
+ Conduct the training classes outlined in the Training Plan section of this
document.
+ Training will be performed onsite at City of Fort Worth provided facilities .
City of Fort Worth Responsibilities:
+ Provide training facilities
+ Attend training classes
+ Comply with the pre -requisites in the Training Plan .
Completion Criteria:
+ All training classes completed
System Administrator Training
No. of Duration Location Date I Target Audience I
Sessions I (days) I I
I No. of
Attendees
Bridging the System 1 12 hours Self Paced ; Prior to All
Knowledge Gap Administrators On-Line Classes
(Self-paced ; On -
line)
Course Synopsis:
This seven-module course is designed to bring Technicians from different technical backgrounds
and experience levels to a common starting point for the ASTRO 25 curriculum . This course
provides seven modules from the basic concepts of radio communication systems and computer
networking features, through the evolution that led to the ASTRO 25 trunking system's architecture .
Networking for System
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
1 5 Ft. Worth , TX Prior to
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Rad io System
April 21 , 2010
3
3
Training Plan 4-1
Course I Target Audience I No. of I Duration I Location I Date I No. of
Sessions (days) Attendees
ASTRO 25
Systems
(Instructor-led)
In-Field Only
Course Synopsis:
Administrators Remaining
Classes
This course provides the technician with the necessary networking information required for
understanding the network components installed in modern Motorola communications systems . The
course includes familiarization with basic networking concepts and the networking components
deployed in the ASTRO 25 System .
ASTRO 25 IV&D System
System Overview Administrators
(Self-paced
Online)
Prerequisite 1
Course Synopsis:
1 12 Hours On-line; Self-
paced
Prerequisite
1 for Radio
System
Administrat
or Class
The ASTRO 25 Integrated Voice and Data System Overview course is intended to provide an overview of the
ASTRO 25 System in order to familiarize the various audiences with the overall system capabilities ,
components , features , and benefits .
ASTRO 25 IV&D
System
Introduction to
Network
Management
Applications
(On-line ; self-paced
course)
Prerequisite 2
Course Synopsis:
System
Administrators
12 Hours On-Line ; Self-
paced
Prerequisite
2 for Radio
System
Administrat
or Class
This virtual , interactive course provides a high-level preview of the Motorola Radio System Management
applications. This course is a prerequisite to the Radio System Administration workshop .
ASTRO 25 IV&D
Radio System
Administrator
Workshop
(Instructor-led)
Course Synopsis:
System
Administrators
5 Ft. Worth , TX Prior to
Managing
This workshop covers administrator functions for an ASTRO 25 Integrated Voice and Data (IV&D) System .
Learning activities in this document-based training course focus on how to use the different ASTRO 25 IV&D
System Management applications . Participants will be provided with an opportunity to discuss how to structure
their organization and personnel for optimal ASTRO 25 IV&D system use .
3
3
3
ASTRO 25 IV&D
1551.1 Network
Gateway Overview
Technician 4 Hours Ft. Worth, TX Self-paced ;
On-Line
Up to 12
(Self-paced ; On-line)
• Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Training Plan 4-2
Course I Target Audience I No. of I Duration I Location I Date I No. of
Sessions (days) Attendees
Course Synopsis
The ASTRO® 25 IV&D ISSI .1 Network Gateway Overview is a self study course intended to provide information
related to the operation and functionality of, including the hardware and software associated with, the ISSl.1
Network Gateway. This course covers the ISSl.1 Network Gateway operation in detail , including tasks ,
operation, theory, and troubleshooting ; while providing an overview of the installation and configuration of the
ISSI Network Gateway components .
4.1.2 Training Complete
+ All training classes completed
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Tra ining Plan 4-3
Section 5. Warranty and Maintenance Plan
5.1 Overview
Motorola has the most comprehensive service organization in the Land Mobile
Industry. Since 194 7, Motorola has been building a unique service team : national in
scope, but local in its ability to respond to our customers ' diverse needs . As product
and systems complexity evolve , the Motorola Service Group responds with new
service products and programs. This approach ensures the City of Ft. Forth that
Motorola will remain at the cutting edge of service delivery and maintainability.
5.2 Warranty Service Program Review
Using our remote monitoring and critical customer information management services ,
we can identify potential issues and resolve them before they cause critical outages .
This ability ensures maximum uptime for the City 's Digital Communications System.
Our System Support Center, where the central services above originate, is TL-9000
and IS0-9001 certified. This means that when support services are needed, you can
count on the issue to be resolved quickly and with the same quality of service every
time.
Motorola will provide a one-year warranty on the new equipment as part of this
proposal. Existing or upgraded equipment will remain co v ered on a separate
maintenance agreement. Through ongoing service agreements , Motorola will
continue providing full maintenance services for the City's Communications System.
The following services will be provided during the Warranty period and will continue
if the City elects the same coverage during the maintenance periods .
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Warranty and Maintenance Plan 5-1
5.3 Enhanced System Support
5.3 .1
5 .3 .2
Enhanced System Support (ESS) provides the City of Fort Worth with a
comprehensive set of services during the Communications System Agreement
warranty period . The ESS program supplements the Motorola standard warranty to
provide the County with critical services required for your complex, Mission Critical
system. ESS is provided as an integral component of your radio communications
system . Each of the services, included with ESS, is described in this section.
Dispatch Service
The Call Center Operation at Motorola's TL-9000 certified System Support Center
(SSC) is the City's single point of contact for service issues . Motorola's Dispatch
Service ensures that trained and qualified technicians are dispatched to diagnose and
restore your communications network. An automated escalation and case
management process is followed to ensure that technician site arrival and system
restoration comply with contracted response and restore times. Once the issue has
been resolved, the System Support Center verifies resolution and with your approval ,
closes the case . Activity records are also available to provide a comprehensive history
of site performance, issues, and resolution.
Technical Support
The SSC is staffed with experienced and degreed technologists who have attained
industry-standard networking certifications and technology specialization . With an
average of 10 to 15 years of experience working with complex communications
systems, the technologists work closely with Dispatch Operations and with local
authorized field technicians to ensure rapid resolution and closure of all network
issues . A phone call to the Call Center's toll-free phone number initiates an electronic
customer service request (case) and begins the response process to the appropriate
degree required. Technical Support is available 24-hours a day seven a week.
5.3.3 ASTRO 25 Network Security Service
•
Network Security Monitoring includes the remote monitoring of the radio network as
well as the management of the Motorola security elements on premise. Network
Security Monitoring provides the City with a management partner to provide end-to-
end watch and restoration of your system.
The combined service of network monitoring and security monitoring provides all of
the essential elements for rapid detection of security events , timely responses, and
quick recovery. In the event a security incident threatens the radio network the
Motorola Con fi dent ia l Re stricte d
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
C ity of Fo rt Worth , TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Warranty and Maintenance Plan 5-2
5.3.3.1
•
Network Operations Center (NOC) and Security Operations Center (SOC) teams
working together can quickly identify the security issue, engage the world's security
community if need be, work to contain the threat and quickly begin remediation. Our
NOC and SOC are collocated , have visibility to the same case data , have access to
each other's escalation tiers , and are able to instantly share information to quickly
identify and resolve issues.
Additionally, our NOC and SOC teams have visibility to many systems worldwide as
well as the world 's security community. The combination gives a view greater than
the sum of the individual views . The combined network and security monitoring
service leverages that combined view and brings radio network expertise and security
expertise to bear. This tight coupling of NOC and SOC capabilities and expertise
ensures rapid event detection and incident response. It saves valuable time when time
is of the essence.
Highly trained SSC technologists employ specialized tools to continuously monitor
security equipment in real-time collecting, detecting , and analyzing events and
suspicious activity . Intervention occurs as necessary and often before a potential
problem becomes apparent, even to end-users . Network Security Monitoring also
includes preparedness features designed to keep the security elements fully up-to-date
ensuring the latest security software upgrades are pre-tested and certified as described
below.
Pre-Tested Software Subscription (PTSS)
Commercial security software updates are often designed without RF systems in
mind and can cause inadvertent harm to your radio network, disrupting mission-
critical communications , and putting your first responders and citizens at risk.
Motorola's Pre-Tested Software Subscription (PTSS) assures that commercial anti-
virus definitions, operating system software patches , and Intrusion Detection Sensor
signature files are compatible with your ASTRO 25 network and do not interfere with
network functionality. Our expert network security technologists analyze , perform
testing , and validate the latest security software updates in a dedicated test lab. We
also provide continuous monitoring of updates to provide you regular electronic
update s upon completion of successful testing .
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of th is proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Warranty and Maintenance Plan 5-3
5.3.4
5.3.5
5.3.6
•
OnSite Infrastructure Response
Motorola OnSite Infrastructure Response provides local , trained , and qualified
technicians who arrive at your location to diagnose and restore your communications
network. Following proven response and restore processes, Motorola Dispatch
contacts the local service provider and dispatches a qualified technician to your site.
An automated escalation and case management process ensures that technician site
arrival complies with contracted response times. The field technician restores the
system by performing first level troubleshooting on site .
Infrastructure Repair
Infrastructure Repair with our Advanced Replacement upgrade during warranty
supplements your spares inventory with Motorola 's centralized inventory of critical
equipment. In advance of Motorola repairing the malfunctioning unit, a replacement
unit is sent to you within 24 hours to ensure a spare unit is available . Upon receipt of
the malfunctioning unit, Motorola repairs the unit and replaces it in our centralized
inventory.
Infrastructure Repair service provides for the repair of all Motorola-manufactured
equipment, as well as equipment from third-party infrastructure vendors. All repair
management is handled through a central location eliminating your need to send
equipment to multiple locations .
Comprehensive test labs replicate your network in order to reproduce and analyze the
issue. State-of-the-art, industry-standard repair tools enable our technicians to
troubleshoot, analyze, test, and repair your equipment.
Network Preventive Maintenance
Network Preventative Maintenance provides an annual operational test and alignment
on your infrastructure or fixed network equipment to ensure that it meets original
manufacturer's specifications . Trained technicians:
+ Physically inspect equipment
+ Remove dust and foreign substances
+ Clean filters
+ Measure, record, align , and adjust equipment to meet original manufacturer's
specifications
This service is performed based on a mutually agreed schedule . Network Preventative
Maintenance proactively detects issues that may result in system malfunctions and
operational interruptions.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Warranty and Maintenance Plan 5-4
5.3.7
5.3.8
5.3.9
Software Subscription Agreement
Motorola will provide a Software Subscription program in order to keep the City 's
system operating with current functionality and to prolong the useful life of the
system.
Under the Software Subscription program, Motorola will provide periodic bulletins
that describe available System Releases. System Releases provide minor software
performance improvements and bug fixes . As a subscriber to our Software
Subscription program, the City may order any available System Release. One release
will be provided without charge ( excluding the cost of options not already part of
your system) during the warranty period. Software coverage is only provided on the
new equipment supplied with this upgrade.
System Audit
A System Audit provides the technical resources to gather system configuration
information during the warranty period. Depending on the specific requirements for
the audit, information such as software versions, hardware versions, model and serial
numbers, equipment distribution and system layout/architecture are gathered and
retained by Motorola. Motorola will provide a copy of the audit data to the City .
Software Upgrade Design
Software Upgrade Design includes design services for System Releases during the
warranty period. Motorola will review system audit data along with an equipment list
to ensure there will be no software incompatibilities between equipment that is not
being upgraded versus equipment that is being upgraded with a System Release .
Motorola will identify additional equipment and engineering, if required , as a result
of the upgrade and will recommend a plan for installation.
5.3.10 Infrastructure Software Installation
•
Our Infrastructure Software Installation provides the technical resources to install and
activate one System Release during the warranty period. Software installation only
provides coverage on the new equipment supplied with this upgrade.
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Warranty and Maintenance Plan 5-5
Section 6. Pricing Summary
Full Scope HGAC Pricing
City of Fort Worth Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
Item Description HGAC Price
ASTRO 25 Master Site Equipment Redundant Zone Controllers $1 ,026 ,694 .61
Eagle Mountain Network Management Servers and Client
Master site software licenses
Network Routers and Switches
Network Time Synchronization
Racks and Surge Suppress ion
Radio Shop Network Management Client
ASTRO 25 Repeater Si te Equipmen t 10 Channel GTR8000 Repeater Si te $658 ,348 .60
Burnett Plaza (10 Channel) Network Routers and Switches
Transmit and Receive Antenna Systems
Radio Frequency Distribution System
Racks and Surge Suppression
Backup Uninterruptible System (UPS) fo r ASR
ASTRO 25 Gold Elite Gateway Equipment Redundant Motorola Gold Elite Gateway (MGEG) $387 ,250 .25
Bolt / Eagle Mountain Ambassador Electronic Bank (AEB)
ISSI Interface Equipment ISSl.1 Network Gateway and Software $220 ,299.13
Eagle Mountain to Dallas Master Network Routers and Sw itches
ISSl.1 Software and Network Equ ipmen t fo r Dallas
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth, TX
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 2 1, 2010
Pri cing Summary 6-1
Alternate PSAP Dispatch Equipment Two Consolettes and Base Interface Modules (BIM) $39 ,179.94
Two Consollette Antenna Systems
System Integration Project Management Included
Systems Engineering and Systems Technologist
CCSi Factory Staging
Functional Acceptance Testing
System Manual Documentation
Enhanced System Support during Warranty
Installation of Proposed Equipment per R56
Grounding , Bonding and Electrical Work
Customized Training System Administrator Training $59 ,635 .00
ASTRO 25 Elite Gateway Equipment Gold Elite Incentive <$387 ,250 .25>
ASTRO 25 Repeater Site Equipment (4) Channel Incentive <$263 ,339.44>
System Incentive based on purchase of all proposed
equipment and serv ices ordered by 6/30/10 and
System Incentive shipment by Q4 2010 <$90 ,967 .80>
System Total after Incentives $1,649,850.04
Price Validity Jun15, 201 O
Motorola Confidential Restricted
Use or disclosure of this proposal is
subject to the restrictions on the title page
City of Fort Worth
Project 25 IP Trunked Radio System
April 21 , 2010
Pricing Summary 6-2
Exhibit D
Motorola/H-GAC Radio Communications Equipment & Systems Agreement
-1-System Purchase Agmt
AMENDMENT No. 2 to CONTRACT No. RAOl-08
For
Radio Communication/Emergency Response & Mobile Interoperable Equipment
Between
HOUSTON-GALVESTON AREA COUNCIL
And
MOTOROLA, INC.
THIS AMENDMENT modifies the above referenced Contract as follows :
The Contract is extended through December 31, 2011 Midnight CT.
All other tenns and conditions of this Contract shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
TN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly
authorized representatives.
Signed for Houston-Galveston Area Council,
Houston, Texas
Attest for Houston-Galveston Area Council,
Houston, Texas
Signed for : Motorola, Inc.
Printed Name & Title:
Attest for : Motorola, Inc.
Printed Name & Title:
Date : __ O_c. 1'_~'o'-----' 20 ~
Revised 2 .7.06
•· .
RADIO COMMtJNICATION/Ei'IERGENCY RESPONSE & MOBILE INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT Page 1 of 10
RADIO COMMUNICATION/EMERGENCY RESPONSE & MOBILE INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT
A CONTRACT BETWEEN
HOUSTON-GALVESTON AREA COUNCll.
Houston, Texas
AND
MOTOROLA, INC.
Fannc:rs Branch, T ex11S
This Contract Is made and entered into by the Bouston-Galvestoa Aru Council of Governments, hereinafter referred to as H-GAC, having
its principal place of business at 3S551imm0IU Lane, Suite 120, Houston, Texas 77027, AND Motorola, Inc. hereinafter referred to 11.S the
CONTRACTOR. having its principal place of business at IS07 LBJ Freeway, Suite 700, Farmers Branch, Texas 7S23"4.
WITNESSETH
WHERL\S: The H-GAC enters into this Contract as Agent for participating governmental agencies, hereinafter referred to as END
USER. for the purchase of Radio Communication/Emergency Response & Mobile Interoperable Equipment offered by the
CONTRACTOR; and
WHEREAS: The CONTRACTOR offi:rs to sell Radio Communlcatlon/Emergency Response & Mobile Interoperable Equipment
through the H-GAC Contract to End Users; and
WHEREAS: The Contract shall be in effect for a period beginning January I, 2008 through December 31, 2009, subject to extension
upon mutual agreement of the CONTRACTOR and H-GAC; and now
THEREFORE: H-GAC and the CONTRACTOR do hereby age= as follows:
• GENERAL PROVISION ARTICLF.s 1 -23 •
ARTICLE 1; IDENTIFICATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract shall be in effect for Radio Communication/Emergency Response & Mobile Interoperable Equipment listed in
Proposal Specifications numbered RAOl-08, including any relevant suffixes, end shall consist of the documents identified below in order of
precedence:
I . The text of this Contract fonn, including Attachment A. end
Atw:hmcnt B (Motorola Standard Equipment Warranty)
2. CONTRACTOR'S Response to Proposal No.: RAOl-08
J. Proposal Specifications No.: RAOl--08
4. System Purchase Agrccmcnts
5 . Motorola Software License
The tams and conditions, 5pecificetions, manufacture, delivery, warranty, training and service for H-GAC and the END USER
shall be fulfilled in compliance with this Contract including. but not limited to Proposal Specifications, Tenns and Conditions, and
CONTRACTOR'S response opened October 4, 2007 unless specifically changed within the text of this Contract Form.
ARTICLEl; LEGAL AUTHORITY
The CONTRACTOR and H-GAC warrants and assures one another thl!( they have adequate legal counsel end authority to enter
into this Contract The governing bodle5, where applicable, have authorized the signatory officials to enter into this Contract end bind bod!
parties to the tcmu of this Contract and any subsequent amendments thereto.
ARnCLEJ; APPLICABLE LAWS
Both parties agree to conduct all activities under this Contract in accordance with all applicable rules, regulation!, directi ves,
issuance, and ordinances, end laws in effect or promulgated during the term of this Contract The CONTRACTOR ~ to conduct all
activities under this Contract in accord:ince with all 3PPlicable rules, regulations, directives, standards, ordinances and Jaws in effect or
promulgated during the term of this Contract.
G:ICONTRAC'NlAO 1--08.1\Motorola\ RADIO COMMUNICATION/EMERGENCY RESPONSE & MOBILB INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT
S i1lnitial: __ _
•
RADIO COMMUNICATION/EMERGENCY RESPONSE & MOBILE INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT Page 2 oC 10
ARTICLE 4; INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
The execution of this Contract and the rendering of saviccs prescribed by this Contract do not change the independent stalUS of H-
G AC or the CONTRACTOR. No provision ofthi., Contnct or act of H-GAC in performance of the Contract shall be consuucd as malcingthe
CONTRACTOR the agent, servant or employee of H-GAC, the State off cxas or the United States Govcmmtnl Employees oftheContracior
arc subject to the exclusive control and supervision of the Contractor. The Contractor is solely responsible for employee payrolls and claims
arising therefrom.
CONTRACTOR shall notify H-GAC of any law suits filed against it which involves products sold pursuant to this Contract, or
which, if suc;ccssftil, would adversely affect its financial condition. A law suit which includes a specific demand for an amount in excess of
$250,000 which would not be covered by insurance shall automa.tlcally be considered a law suit which, if successful, would advcrsdy affect
the financial condition of the sued party.
ARTICLE5; TITLES NOT RFSTRICTIVE
The titles assigned to the various articles of this Contract arc for convenience only and arc generally descriptive of the maltcrs
following. Title, shall not be considered restrictive oftbe subject matter of any section, or part of this Contract
ARTICLE 6: SUBCONTRACTS
The Contmctor agrees not to subcontract, assign. transfer, convey, sublet or otherwise dispose of this Agreement or any right, title,
obligation or interest it may have therein to any third party without prior written approval of H-GAC.
H-GAC shall not unreasonably delay or withhold acceptance ofa proposed assignment of a proposed subcontractor.
The Contractor aclcnowledgcs that H-GAC is not liable to any subcontractor's of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall ensure that the performance rendered under all subcontracts shall result in compliance with all the terms and
provisions of this Contract as if the performance rendered was rendered by the Contractor.
ARTICLE7; EXAMINATION AND RETENTION OF RECORDS
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain during the course of the work, complete and accurate records of all of the CONTRACTOR'S
costs and documentation of items which arc chargeable to END USER under this Contract. H-GAC, through its staff or designated public
accounting Jinn, the State off exas, and the United States Government shall have the right at any reasonable time to inspect copy and audit those
records on or off the premises of the CONTRACl'OR. Failure to provide acccs., to rteords may be cause for termination of the Contract.
CONTRACTOR agrees that its books and records, as they pertain to work done or items rupplicd present to the Purclme Order or Conen.:t shall
at all reasonable hours be subject to audit and inspection at the CONTRACTOR'S facility by H-GAC and/or END USER. This audit shall be
limited to the verification of invoice quantities to shipments and shipment receipts. Except as otherwise provided by law, nothing contained
herein shall authorii.c H-GAC and/or END USER to audit particular books or CONTRACTOR insofar u such particular books or records
contain confidential infonnation regarding product costs.
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain all records pertinent to this Contract for a period of not Jess than five (S) calendar years from the
date of acccptance of the final contract closeout and until any outstanding litigation, audit or claim has been resolved. The right of access to
records is not limited to the required retention period, but shall last as Jong as the records are retained.
The CONTRACTOR further agrees to include in all subcontracts under this Contract, a provision to the effect that the subalntrador
agrees that H-GAC'S duly authorized representatives, shat~ until the expiration of five (S) calendar years after final payment under the
subcontract or until all audit findings have been resolved, have access to and the right to examine and copy any directly pertinent books,
documents, papen, invoices and records of such subcontractor involving transactions relating to the subcontract.
ARTICLES; CHANGES AND AMENDMENTS
Any alterations, additions, or deletions to the terms of this Contrlld which are required by changes in federal law or regulations arc
automaticalJy [nco~ into this Contract without written amendment hereto, and shall become cffoctive on the date designated by such law or
regulation; provided if the Contractor may not legally comply with such change, the Contractor may terminate its participation herein as
authorized by Article 18.
H-GAC may, from time to time, require change, in the scope oflhe services of the Contractor to be performed hereunder. Such
changes that arc mutually agreed upon by and between H-GAC and the Contractor in writing shall be incorporated into this Contract.
ARTICLE?; DISPUTES
G:ICOITTRAC'I\RAOI..OU\Motorolal RADIO OJMMUNICATIONIFMERGENCY RESPONSE & MOBILE INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT
Ste lnitw: __ _
•·
RADIO COMMUNICATION/EMERGENCY RFSPONSE & MOBILE INI'EROPERABLE EQUIPMENT Page 3 of 10
Any and all disputes concerning qu=ions oUact or of law arising under this Contract which arc not disposed ofby agrccmmt shall be
decided by the Executive Director of H-GAC or his designcc, 'IIITIO shall reduce his decision to writing and provide notice the:eof to the
Conlnletor. The decision of the Executive Director or his dcsigncc shall be final and conclusive unless, within thirty (30) days frtxn the date of
receipt of such notice, the Contractor requests a rehearing from the Executive Director ofH-GAC. In coMcction with :iny rehearing under this
Article, the Contnu:tor shall be afforded an opportunity to be heard and offer evidence in support ofilll position. The decision of the Executive
Diredor after any such rehearing shall be fmal and conclusive. The Conlraclor may, if it elects to do so, appeal the fmal and conclusive decision
oC the Exeaztivc Director to a court of competent jurisdiction. Pending final decision of a dispute hereunder, the Contractor shall proceed
diligently with the perfonnancc of the Contract and in aixordancc with H-GACS final decision.
ARTICLE 10: SEVERABILITY
All parties agree that should any provision of this Contract be determined to be invalid or unenforuablc, such dcterminalion shall not
affect any other tcnn of this Contract, which shall continue in full force and effect
ARTICLJli 11; FORCE MAJEURE
To the extent that either party to this Agreement shall be wholly or partiaJJy prevented from the perf ormancc of any obligation or duty
placed on such party by reason of or through strikes, stoppagcoflabor, riot, tire, flood, acts of war, insurrection, accident, order of any court, act
of God, or specific cause rca.,onably beyond the party's control and not attributable to its neglect or nonfeasance, in such event, the time for the
performance of such obligation or duty shall be suspended until such disability to perfonn is removed. Determination of force majeun: shall rest
solely with H-GAC.
ARTICLE 11; NON DISCRIMINATION AND EQUAL OPPORTIJNITY
The Contractor agrees to comply with all federal statutes relating to nondisaimination. These include but an: not limited to: (a) Title
VI of the Civil Righa Act ofl 964 (P.L 88-352) which prohibits disaiminationon the basis ofracc, color or national origin; (b) Title IX of the
Education Amendments ofl 972, as amended (20 U.S.C. §§ 1681-1683, and 1685· 1686). which prohibits discrimination on the basis of sa; (c)
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 U.S .C. § 794), which prohibiadisaimination on the basis of handicaps and the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; (d) the Age Disaimination Act of 1974, as amended (42 U.S.C . §§ 6101-6107), which prohibits
disaimlnation on the basis of age; (e) the Drug Abuse Office and Tmmncnt Actofl972 (PL. 92-255). as amended, relating to nondisaimination
on the be.sis of drug abuse; (f) the Comprehensive Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism Prevention, Trcalma!t and Rehabilitation Act ofl 970 (P.L 91-
616). as amended, relating to the nondiscrimination on the basis of alcohol abuse or alcoholism; (g) §§ 523 and 521 of the Public Health Service
Act of 1912 (42 U.S.C. 290 dd-3 and 290ee-3). as amended, relating to confidentiality of alcohoJ.and drug abuse patient records; (h) 1itlc VIlI of
the Civil Right! Act of 1968 ( 42 U.S.C. § 3601 ct seq.), as amcndcd, relating to nondiscrimination in the sale, rental or financing ofhousing; (I)
any other nondisaimination provisions in any specific statutc(s) applicable to any Federal funding for this Contract; and (i) the requirements of
any other nondisaimination statutc(s) which may apply to this Contract. ·
ARTICLE 13: CRIMINAL PROVISIONS AND SANCTIONS
The CONTRACTOR agrees that it will perfonn the Contract in conformance with safeguards against fraud and abuse as set forth by
the H-GAC. the State ofTexas, and the acts and regulations of the fimding entity. The CONTRACTOR agrees to promptly notify H-GAC of
suspected fraud, abuse or other criminal activity through the tiling of a written report within twenty.four (24) hours of knowledge: thereof.
Contractor shall notify H-GAC of any accident or incident requiring medical attention arising from its activities under this Contnict within
twenty•four (24) hows of such~ Theft or willful damage to property on loan to the Contractor from H-GAC, if any, shall be rq,ortcd
to local law enforcement agencies and H-GAC within two (2) hours of discovery of any such act
The CONTRACTOR further agrees to cooperate fully with H-GAC, local law enforcement agencies, the State off cxas, the Federal
Bureau oflnvcstigation and any other duly authorized investigative: unit in carrying out a full investigation of all such incidents.
ARTICLE 14: PURCHASE ORDERS ISSUED PURSUANT TO CONTRACTS
Through lntglocal Contracts, H-GAC offers governmental agencies and quallfylng non-profit corporation, the opportunity to
participate in the H-GAC Cooperative Purchasing Program. Therefore:, purchase orders may be executed by END USERS throughout the
State. In addition, through lntcrstlte lnterlocal Contracts the Program is now made available for possible partic ipation by END USERS
beyond T cxa.s..
ARTICLE 15; SCOPE OF SERVICES
The services to be performed by CONTRACTOR in the State ofTcxa.1 are outlined within this Contract, Proposal specifications,
G:ICOITTRAC'l\RAOI--OU\Motorola\ RADIO COMMUNICATION/EMERGENCY RESPONSE & MOBILE INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT
Si8 Initial: __ _
RADIO COMMUNICATION/EMERGENCY RESPONSE & MOBILE INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT Page 4 of 10
any Attachment, and Proposal Response. Any Chang; Ordq shall be stated in complete detail and submitted by END USER to
CONTRACTOR and copied to H-GAC. No verbal Change Order shall be accepted by CONTRACTOR from 1111y END USER.
ARTICLEI6; THE COMPLETE AGREEMENT
This Contract consists of the Contract text stated hcn:in, the Proposal Specifications, including but not limited to Terms and
Conditions, proposalcr's/proposalcr's response, including but not limited to, prices and options offered all of which are incorporated within
the cootract, and constitute the complete agreement between the parties hereto. This Contract supersedes any and all oral or written
agrccmcnts between the parties relating to matters herein. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Contract cannot be modified without the
writtcu consent of both parties.
ARTICLE 17; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
The CONTRACTOR understands and agm:s that it shall be liable to repay and shall repay upon demand to END USER. any
amounts dctamined by H-GAC, its independent auditors, or any agency of State or Federal government to have been paid in violation of the
tenns of this Contract.
wept for pusonal Injury or deaJh, Motorola '.r total liability whether for br11acl1 of contract, wa"anty, Mgllg11n«, strict liability In tort or
otherwise, i.r limll11d lo 1h11 price of 1h11 particular producu .rold ht1fTUllder with rtl.ffMCI lo which 11ith11r refund the purchase price, ,rpair or
rep/act product(.r) that an not tU warranted. In no 11V11nl will Motorola b• liable for any lo.u of u.r11, los.r of time, inconwni11nc11,
comnwrcial los.r, lost profiu or .raviJlg.r or other incidental, special, or con.r11qu11nJia/ damagu to the full utenJ such may be discla/-d by
I0\11 .
ARTICLE 18; TERMINATION PROCEDURES
CONTRACTOR acknowledges that this Contract may be terminated under the following circumstances:
A. Convenience
H-GAC may terminate this Contract in whole or In port without cause at any time by writtcu notice by certified mail to
CONTRACTOR whenever for any reason H-GAC dctamines that such termination is in the best intcrcstofH-GAC. Upon receipt
of notice of termination, all services hereunder of CONTRACTOR and its employees and subcontractors shall cease to the extent
specified in the notice of termination. In the event of termination in whole, CONTRACTOR shall prepa.rc final invoices within 30
calendar days of such termination reflecting the services actually performed which have not appeared on any prior invoice. Such
invoices shall be satisfactory to the Executive Director or his dcsignce. END USER will pay CONTRACTOR. in accordance with
the terms and conditions of this Contract, for scnices actually performed and acauing to the benefit of END USER less any
compensation previously paid. H-GAC, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Contract, will invoice
CONTRACTOR for any order processing charges due, and CONTRACTOR agrees to pay said order processing cl)a,ges .
CONTRACTOR may cancel or taminate this Contract upon thirty (30) days written notice by certified mail to H-GAC.
CONTRACTOR may not give notice of cancellation after it has received notice of default from H-GAC. In the event of such
lamination prjor to. completion of this Contract provided for herein, END USER will pay CONTRACTOR. in accordance with the
terms and conditions of this Contract, for services actually performed and accruing to the benefit of END USER less any
compensation previously paid. H-GAC, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Contract, will invoice
CONTRACTOR for any order processing charges due, and CONTRACTOR agrees to pay said order processing charges.
B. Default
H-GAC may, by written notice of default to CONTRACTOR, terminate the whole or any port of this Contract in any one of the
following circwnstAnccs :
(I) If CONTRACTOR fails to perform the scrvicc:s herein specified within the time specified herein or any extension thmof,
or
(2) If CONTRACTOR fails to perform any of the prov is ions of this Contract for any reason whatsoever, or so fails to malcc
progrcs., or otherw ise violates this Contract that complet ion of services herein specified within the tenn of this Contract is
significantly endangered, and in either ofthc5C two instances docs not cure such failure within a period of ten ( I 0) calendar
days (or such longer period of time as may be authorized by H-GAC in writing) after receiving written notice by certified
mail of default from H-GAC.
In the event of such termination, all services of CONTRACTOR and its employees and subcontractors shall cease: and
CONTRACTOR shall prepare a ftnal invoice reflecting the services actually performed pursuant to this Contract which have not
appeared on any prior invoice:. Such invoice must be satisfactory to the END USER and to the Executive Director ofH-GAC or his
dcsignee . END USER reserves the right, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Contract, to withhold from the payment
G:\C ONTRAcrutAOl~U\Motorola\ RADIO COMMUNICATION/EMERGENCY RESPONSE & MOBILE INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT
Slglttili&I: __ _
C.
RADIO COM.\fUNICATION/EMERGENCY RESPONSE & MOBILE INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENI' Pan 5 or 10
of said invoices for services actually performed and accruing to the benefit ofEND USER. as reflected on invoice, any compensation
previously paid and any co.SU or damages incll1TCd by END USER as a.r,:sult of such default, including incremental costs that END
USER will incur to have Purchase Ordel{s) completed by a Jl=Ol1 other than CONTRACTOR. 11-GAC, in accordance with the
terms and conditions of this Contract, will invoice CONTRACTOR for any order processing charges due, and CONTRACTOR
agrees to pay said order processing charges.
Final Bj)lin11. In the Event ofTemunation
CONTRACTOR shall fill all pending orders and then prepare final invoices reflecting the services actually performed pursuant to
this Contract and to the satisfaction of H-GAC'S ExcaJtive Director or his designee. END USER will pay CONTRACTOR, in
accordance with the tams and conditions of this Contract, for services acrually performed and accruing to the benefit of F.ND USER
less any compensation previously paid. H-GAC, in accordance with the tcnns and conditions of this Contnct, will invoice
CONTRACTOR for any order processing charges due, and CONTRACTOR 3gree5 to pay said order processing charges.
ARTICLE 19; GOVERNING LAW & VENUE
This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the Statt: ofTcxas. Venue and jurisdiction of any suit or cause of action arising under or
in connection with the Contract shall lie exclusively in Harris CoWlty, Texas. Disputes between END USER and CONTRACTOR arc to
be resolved in accord with the law and venue rules of the state of purchase. CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify H-GAC of
such disputes.
ARTICLE 20: CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE
CONTRACTOR'S reprcscntative(s) shall be the contact person(s) concerning al I matters pertaining to END USER orders. Any
change of representation shall be irruncdiatcly communicated in written form to H-GAC by CONTRACTOR.
END USER wlll remit all payments to CONTRACTOR under this Contract. Under no cjn:umstanccs shall checks be mad;
payable to a representative, Should a representative submit invoices to END USER for reimbursement of costs relating to an END USER
Pun:has; Order for products/services, the Invoice shall be forwarded to CONTRACTOR.
ARTICLE 21: REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Upon request by H-GAC, CONTRACTOR shall provide monthly written reports to H-GAC . Such reports may include, but iwnol
limited to the following; detailing of all orders received, scheduled production, and scheduled delivery under this contract.
If CONTRACTOR fails to submit to H-GAC in a timely and satisfactory manner any report or other documentation required by this
Contract, or otherwise fails to satisfactorily render performances hereunder, such failure may be consid~ cause for termination of this Contract.
ARTICLE 22: MOST FAVORED CUSTOMER CLAUSE
If MOTOROLA at any time during a contract period, routinely enters into agreements with other governmental customers within the State
ofTexas, and offers the same or substantially the same products offered to H-GAC on a basis that provides prices more favorable than those
provided to H-GAC, MOTOROLA shall within ten ( I 0) business days thcrcaflernotify H-GAC of that offering. The contract with H-GAC
shall be deemed to be automatically amended and effective retroactively to the effective date of the most favorable contract, wherein
MOTOROLA shall provide the same quantity discount to H-GAC and its End Users for equal or larger orders purchased the same quantity
and under the same circumstances. H-GAC shall have the right and option at any time to decline to accept any such change, in which case
the amendment shall be deemed null and void . If MOTOROLA believes any apparently more favonbfe price charged and/or offered a
customer during the term of this agreement is not in fact most favored treatment, MOTOROLA shall within ten ( JO) business da}' notify If..
GAC in writing. setting forth the detailed reasons MOTOROLA believes aforesaid offer which has been deemed to be a most favored
treatment, ls not in fact most favored treatment H-GAC, after due consideration of such written explanation, may decline to IICCCpl such
explanation and thereupon the contract between 11-GAC and MOTOROLA shall be automatically amended, effective retroactively, to the
effective date of the most favored agreement, to provide the same prices to H-GAC.
The most favored price structure set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to any pre-<:xisting contracts Motorola has in the State of
Texas. The term "pn-existillg contracts H shall refer to contracts in existence as of the original effective date of the HGAC contract,
i.e.1/1/08.
The Parties agree: that the above MFC provision shall not apply to the sale of large communications systems (one million dollars
($1,000,000.00) and above). The term "Communications Symm" shall refer to a project that includes the sale of infrastructure hardwa.re
and/or software, user devices, and Motorola engineering and installatJon service. The contract for a "Conununication System" will always
have a Statement of Work and an Acceptance Test Plan .
G:ICONTRACT'IRAOI--OU\Motorolal RADIO COMMUNICATJONIP.MERGENCY RESPONSE&: MOBIU! INTEROPERABU! EQUlPMENT
Sig Initial: __ _
RADIO COMMUNICATION/EMERGENCY RF..SPONSE & MOBILE INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT Page 6 of 10
The Parties accept the following definition of routine . A prescribed. detailed course of action to be followd regularly; a standard
procedure.
ARTICLE 23: [Nl)EMNIFICA TION
The CONTRACTOR agrees. to the extent pcnnittcd by law, to defend and hold harmless H-GAC, the State ofTexa.,, the United
Sl!l1CS Government and their rcspc:ctive board members, officers, agentS, officials, and employccs from any and all claimJ, costs, expenses
(including reasonable attorney foes), actions, causes of action, judgments, and liens arising as a result of and to the extent caused by the
CONTRACTOR'S negligent act! or omissions under this Contract, the CONTRACTOR'S non-pc:rfonnancc of this Contract, or the
CONTRACTOR'S violation of any law, regulation or other standard Incorporated herein. The CONTRACTOR shall notify H-GAC of the
threllt of lawsuit or of any actual suit filed against the CONTRACTOR relating to this Contract.
• PRODUCT SPECIFIC ARTICLES 24-46 •
ARTICLES 24. 25 AND 16 ARE COMBINED TO READ AS FOLLOWS;
PROCEDURAL STEPS ENUMERATED FOR SALES TO END USERS
I . All Cooperative Pun:hasing business will be proassed in accordance with H-GACs policies and procedures, at contracted prices, and
shall include approved order processing charges.
2. END USER will access the Cooperative Purclwing Program through the H-GAC website and /or by submission of any duly
executed purchase order to a contractor having a valid contract with H-GAC and in a format acceptable to H-GAC.
3. END USER will submit order(s) electronically through CONTRACTOR'S on-line ordering process or issue Purchase Order{s)
directly to CONTRACTOR at contract prices, and also submit a copy to H-GAC.
4. The H-GAC CONTRACTOR will deliver products/services as specified by the contract between CONTRACTOR and H-GAC,
and invoice each END USER for (1) products/services purchased and (2) H-GAC'S applicable order processing charge .
S. Upon delivery, acceptance, and receipt of an H-GAC CONTRACTOR's,docurnented invoice, END USER shall pay the ff.(;AC
CONTRACTOR the full amount of the invoice.
6. For orders of less than $100,000, CONTRACTOR will promptly pay to H-GAC any order processing charges due, and in
any case, not later than sixty (60) calendar days after End User order is processed. Payments will be processed to H-GAC on
a monthly basis. For orders ofSI00,000 or more, CONTRACTOR will promptly pay to H-GAC any order processing
charges due, and in any case, not later than forty-five (45) calendar days after receipt of End User payment by Motorola.
7. Failure to promptly remit H-GAC's order processing charges may result in sanctions including, but not limited to, contract
tennination.
8. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for delivery and acceptance of each unit by END USER, according to the requirements of
the specifications, this Contract, and purchase order issued to CONTRACTOR by an END USER. All required equipment tests
shall be bome by CONTRACTOR.
9. CONTRACTOR shall promptly provide H-GAC !!114 END USER with all information pertaining to delivery schedules.
CONTRACTOR shall also use its best efforts to expedite unit deliveries on shoner notice than set forth in its verification for any
specific purchase order when requested.
IO . All prices arc F.0.8. END USER'S location with all transportation charges prepaid and included in any invoice.
11. All pricing shall be based on the current contract unless the H-GAC CONTRACTOR prior to receipt of END USER's purchase
order for delivery of any producwserviccs has received H-GAC's prior written approval for any price increases .
12. The H-GAC CONTRACTOR agrees to accept the terms of this agreement end to conduct all transactions based on pricing and
other terms of the contract including. but not limited to, the applicable H-GAC order processing charge. The CONTRACTOR
agrCCl to encourage END USERS to execute authorizing Intcrlocal contracts with H-GAC.
ARTICU:27; PRE-PAYMENTS AND DJSCOUNTS
G:\CONTRACT\RAOI--OU\Motorola\ RADIO COMMUNICATION/EMERGENCY RESPONSE & MOBILE INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT
Sig Initial : __ _
RADIO COMMUNICATION/EMERGENCY RESPONSE & MOBILE INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT Page 7 of 10
I. Progress and pre-payment discounts offered by CONTRACTOR shall be fully disclosed to END USER by
CONTRACTOR'S representative and subsequently listed on the END USER'S purchase order to
CONTRACTOR.
Discounts may be offered by CONTRACTOR based on simila,ly constructed products and quantity purchases.
Discollllts may be staled in either dollar amount or percentage and shall be applicable to CONTRACTOR defined
number of simllar units.
2. CONTRACTOR shall be the sole source of determination as to similar designation.
ARTICLE 28: LIABILITY INSURANCE
CONTRACTOR shall maintain proof of liability insurance in minimum amounts listed below and shall provide proof of said
insurance to H-GAC upon request
General llabillty
Product liability
$1 ,000,000 per single occurrence
$1,000,000 per single occurrence
Insurance coverage shall be in effect for the length of the contract and any extensions thereof, plus the number of months or days
required IO deliver any outstanding order after the close of the contract. Contractor shall promptly notify H-GAC of cancellation or changes
in insurance coverage during the contract period.
ARTICLE 29:
ARTICLEJQi
COMPLETION AND LIOUIDA TED DAMAGES
(T1ru Art/cu doa not app~ to tlru Contract)
COMPLIANCE WITH PROPOSAL SPEQFICATIONS
The contract herein provides certain details emphasizing the intent of the proposal specifications:
Warranties:
CONTRACTOR'S standard equipment warranty, as revised 4-1-00, shall be made a part of this Contract. a copy of which shall be
attached to this Document H-GAC reserves the right to examine the language in this standard warranty and to accept or reject any
changes made after this date. H-GAC shall hold the CONTRACTOR responsible for the execution and effectiveness of~
product wammty. H-GAC shall look only to the CONTRACTOR as the sole source for solution to problems arising from
warranty claims. The CONTRACTOR agrees to respond directly to correction of warranty claims wid to ensure reconciliation of
warranty claims which have been assigned to a !hl!!;I party.
Selection ofComponcnl3:
The selection of quality components shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Since durability and WlllTllllly provisions arc an
inherent consideration in the selection process, H-GAC and the END USERS subject themselves to a trust relationship with the
CONTRACTOR to deliver a product which will comply with standards set for the specified product detail in the proposal
specifications. ·
Contractor's Default:
Should the contractor default in providing the equipment as specified in the specifications, and in this contract, recourse may be
exercised through the perfonnance bond or other legal remedies.
Delivery to End User;
CONTRACTOR shall schedule d clivetY to END USER sites in coordination with the relevant END USER'• site.
Accessories and Options:
All accessories and options listed in the Option Table shall become part of this contract
ARTICLE 31: DOCUMENTATION
CONTRACTOR w ill provide END USER Agency complde operating manuals on a ll equipment ordered.
ARJICI.E 32; MANUFACTURER PRICE DECREASES/INCREASF..S
I. Except as prov ided in ARTICLE 35, No price increases shall be allowed during the first twelve (12) months of this
Contract period.
2. Any request for a price change must be submitted to H-GAC on CONTRACTOR'S letterhead, must be signed by a
corporate officer, and must be received by ll-GAC at least forty five ( 45) calendar days prior to the requested effective
O:ICONTRAC'J\RAOl~U\Motorola\ RADIO COMMUNICATION/EMERGENCY RESPONSE & MOBILE INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT
SiglnitiaJ: __ _
RADIO COMMUNICATION/EMERGENCY RF.SPONSE & MOBILE INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT Page B of 10
date of the increase.
J . Price increase rcqucsu MUST be supported by documentation, acceptable to H-GAC, concerning CONTRACTOR'S
actual cost increase.
4. H-GAC reserves the right to accept or reject any price change request
In cases involving contract extensions exceeding sixty-one (61) days beyond the stated expiration date of this Contract, CONTRACTOR
may request a price change based on the same conditions 15 slllted above. However, the forty-five ( 45) day prior notice is waived and ff.
GAC will consider the request immediately on receipt
ARTICLE 33: CONTRACTOR'S FIRMWARE/SOFI"WARE
CONTRACTOR provides fumwarc/softwarc only under license. END USER agencies will not own such fumwarc/software and
will be authorized for its use only after proper completion of the CONTRACTOR'S Software Agreement Documentation except 15
CONTRACTOR agrees to sell the Source Code to the END USER.
ARTICLEJ<t; SYSTEM PURCHASE AGREEMENT
It is agreed that the scope of this Contract is limited to the procurement of equipment and services defined in Motorola's Proposal
Response opened October 4, 2007 in response to the Proposal Specifications. It is further agreed that END USERS may use this Contract to
purchase systems and/or services. In such event, a separate agreement, malcing reference to this Contract, may be negotiated between the
CONTRACTOR, and the END USER. Said document shall be entitled, "Synem Purch4fe Agrtement".
Using prices for products and services established in the Proposal Response, opened October 4, 2007, each "System Pu,cl,ae
Agreement" shall define the associated costs for all such services. The "Synem Pu.rcltaR Agreement" shall set forth all specific details of
the negotiated agreement It may include, but is not limited to the following : • division of respons ibilities, • sites, • surface/subsurface
conditions, • system design technical requirements, • pcrfonnance and schedules, • coverage, • warranties, • installation and
implemc:nllltion, • 11st of deliverables, • Title and Risk of loss, • FCC Licensing. • software licensing, • acceptance criteria, • payment
terms, • documentation requirements, • changes, • customer delay, • termination for convenience/default, • limitation of liability,
• training, • bonds, and • maintenance .
ARTICLEJ!: SUBSTI1JJTIONS AND DEVIATIONS
H-GAC agrees to the substitution of Contractor's new published list prices to include new offerings. Along with the price book,
Contractor will continue to provide a static discount structure to each part using published APC's (assigned product codes)
consistent with current discounts. The new pricing. submitted in CD format. will be updated bi-monthly and provide a published
sheet contain ing any changes within the CD fonnat. Upon receipt of the CD, H-GAC will notify Contractor within five (5)
business days if the price increases are not acceptable, or ifH-GAC requires more infonnation to make the detennination .
ARTICLE36; BLANKET PERFORMANCE BOND
(This Art/de doa not apply to this Contract)
ARTICLEJ7; PERFORMANCE BOND ISSUED TO END USER
Optional Performance Bonds may be purchased and issued to the relevant END USER for an amount equal to the value of each
purchase order.
ARTICLEJ8; INSPECTIONS PY R-GAC
CONTRACTOR agrees to provide access to H-GAC authorized personnel for inspect ion offacilitics and audit ofpurdla.sc orders
during the Contract period and for a period extending to the completion of any and all equipment ordered under the ternu of this contract
Site inspections shall be arranged not less than ten ( I 0) calendar days before said inspectioM and shall state the name(s) of persons who will
conduct the inspcction5. CONTRACTOR shall not incur expenses relating thereto.
ARTICLEJ9i PROPOSAL PRICES OFFERED BY CONTRACTOR
The pricing listed in CONTRACTOR'S Proposal Re sponse 15 stated on Form.r O through F shall be applicable to all products
ordered under the tcnns of this Contract. Additional discounts may be offered at the discret ion and sole liability of the CONTR,\CTOR.
ARTICLE40; CHANGE ORDER PROVISIONS
Texas statutes limit change order, to an amount not exceeding twenty-five (25%) of the proposal price. A dccrc:asc of li ke amount
is also provided. For the purpose of H-GAC procedures, the proposal price includes the base proposal amount and all priced options
submitted with the proposal response.
G:\CONTRACT\RAOI--OU \\.fotoro!al RADIO COMMUNICATION/EMERGENCY RESPONSE & MOB!LE INTE.ROPERAB!.H EQUrP~Em'
Sig Initial : __ _
RADIO COMMUNICATION/EMERGENCY RF.sPONSE & MOBILE INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT Page 9 of 10
ARTICLE 41: ORDER CANCELLATION
In the event CONTRACTOR is unable to deliver a product/service by the scheduled delivery d~ and the delay is caused by
factO!)' proJuction delays exceeding one hundred twenty ( 120) days from the delivery date set in the purchase order, said product/serv ice
shall be subject to possi ble cancellation by END US ER.
CONTRACTOR shall notify END USER and H-GAC of any conditions ofForcc Majeure that might c:wscdelay in delivery of
products/services. (See Artfd• 11: "Force Majeare"J
ARTICLE 42; ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE OF RIGHTS
Neither party shall assign or sublease any rights under this contract without the written consent of the other party. (See Artide:
"Subcoatracta"J
ARTICLE 43: CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP
The CONTRACTOR shall notify H-GAC of any material change in name, o'M!ership or control. Such notification shall be
supplied within ten ( I 0) business days of such change.
ARTICLE «; NON-COMPETITION CLAUSE
A CONTRACTOR'S published or unpublished options may not compete with another CONTRACTOR'S base proposal
award.
ARTICLE 45: PRODUCER PRICE INDEX APPLIED TO CONTRACT EXTENSIONS
Consideration of any contract extension exceeding sixty-one (61) days beyond the stated expiration date of the original contnct
period, may be subject to possible increases/dccrcascs in the original proposal prices offered by the CONTRACTOR. The price
incrcascs/dccrcascs shall not exceed the Producer Price Index (PP() for the latest available reporting period prior to expiration of the original
contl11Ct.
The relevant product code, as defined by the criteria of the U. S. Department of Labor's latest reporting period, shall be used lo
detcnninc the maximum price incrcasc/dccreasc for the length of the contract extension. H-GAC shall establish the date of the latest
available report in dc:tcnnining the rate of incrcasc/dccrcasc based on direct communication with the U.S. Department of Labor.
ARTICLE 46: CONTRACT PERFORMANCE
CONTRACTOR must meet the following performance criteria at all times, and to H-GAC's complete satisfaction. Failure to do
so may be considered to be non-compliant performance and may result in contract tcnninalion at H-GAC'1 sole discretion.
I. CONTRACTOR shall ma intain sufficient qualified staffto process Purchase Orders, and to respond promptly by telephone , fax,
andanail.
2. CONTRACTOR shall participate in orientation and training as may be required by H-GAC.
J . H-GAC reserves the right to request that a new Sales Representative be assigned to the contract (Proposal Specifications, General
Terms and Conditions).
4. CONTRACTOR shall provide toll free linc(s) for access by H-GAC;, End Users.
S. Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to encourage H-GAC End User Participants to purchase contracted items
through the H-GAC Contract
6. All Products/serv ices sold and delivered will include all current manufacturer's standard features at no additional charge, and
meet all H-GAC requirements and specifications in all respects .
7. Scheduled delivery dates will be met in all cases unless prevented by Force Majeure .
G:\CONTRACl'.RAOI--OU\Motorola\ RADIO COMMUNICATION/E.\ffiRGENCY RESPONSB &: MOBILE !NIBROPERABLB P.QUIPME.NT
Sig Initial : __ _
RADIO COMMUNICATION/E.\mRGEi'iCY RESPONSE & MOBILE INTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT Page 10 of 10
This '°'1tncl, signed in two originals by both parties, shall become effective on the First day of January, 2001
and shall n:main in e!Toct for a period ending on the Thirty Finl day of December, 2009 at Midn ight Central
Time. The incorpofated copia of Proposal Spoci(ications numbered R."01--01 Terms aod Conditions,
and Proposaler's RC!pOIISO documents u identified in ~ shall become put of this contnct
Signed for lloo1toa Galvestoa
Aru Couacll
Houston , TX
Attest for Hou1Coa G1ln1toa
Area Coaacll
Houston, TX
Signed for Motorol .. lac.
Fmnm Braoch, TX
Dato: ~ / 20 CJ'
Printed Name .t Title: Edr.lltt.cef 7. ~~ ,4 mss, ti,'& e ,. e:}/ ~
Atlcsl for ~::!iJ::a~. TX µ?~' &~;74
. Datt: ez?./a I 20_ , :1b ' ll, ,, Printed Name .t Tille :Q zt,, y'. Ht n, :,I;, c T'f1 ,-
i~_ ..... _ ' ...
) l ·~ vu ,J: . ..i ••
!-,': :. : '
G:IC ONTRACI\RAOl--08.Mfotorol.al RADIO COMMUNICATION /EMERGENCY RESPONSE&: MOBILE rNTEROPERABLE EQUIPMENT
Sig In itial : __ _
~ ~ \. This warranty applies within the fifty (50) United States, the District of Columbia and Canada. UMITEDWARRANTY MOTOROLA COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS I/ the affected product is being purchased pursuant to a writtien Communication, System Agreement signed by Motorola. the warranty contained in that written agreement will apply. Otherwise, the following warranty applies. I. WHAT llilS WARRANTY COVERS ANO FOR HOW LONG: Motorola Inc. or, if applkable, Motorola Canada Limited ('Motorola') warrants the Motorola manufactured radio communications product, including original equipment crystal devices and channel elements ("Product"), against material defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of One (1) Year from the date of shipment. Motorola. at its option, will at no charge either repair the Product (with new or reconditioned parts), replace it with the same or equivalent Product (using new or reconditioned Product), or refund the purchase price of the Product during the warranty period provided purchaser notifies Motorola according to the terms of this warranty. Repaired or replaced Product is warranted for the balance of the original appUable warranty period. All replaced parts of the Product shall become the property of Motorola. This express limited warranty is extended by Motorola to the original end user purchaser purchuing the Product for purposes of leasing, or for commerda.l, mdustrial, or governmental use only, and is not assignable or transferable to any other party. This is the complete warranty for the Product manufactured by Motorola. Motorola assumes no obligations or liability for additions or modificatioJU to this warranty unless made in writing and signed by an officer of Motorola. Unless made in a separate written agreement between Motorola and the original end user purchaser, Motorola does not warrant the installation, maintenance or service of the Product Motorola cannot be responsible in any way for any ancillary equipment not furnished by Motorola which is attached to or used in connection with the Product, or for operation of the Product with any ancillary equipment,. and all such equipment is expressly excluded from thi, warranly. Because each system which may use the Product is unique, Motorola dlsc1aims liability for range, cov~rage, or operation of the system as a whole under this warranty. II. GENERAL PROVISIONS: Thls warranty sets forth the full extent of Motorola's responsibilities regardmg the Product Repair, replacement or refund of the purchase price, at Motorola's option, is the exclusive remedy. TIUS WARRANTY IS GIVEN IN LIEU OF ALL OTiiER EXPRFSS WARRANTIES. MOfOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDmONS, EXPRESS OR 1MPUED, fNCT.UDING nIE lMPUED WARRANTIES OR CONDffiONS OF MERCHANTAB!UTY AND FITNESS RJR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL MOfOROLA BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES IN EXCESS OP TiiE PURCHASE PRICE OF TilE PRODUCT, FOR ANY LOSS OF USE. LOSS OP TIME, INCONVENIENCE. COMMEROAL LOSS, LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS OR OTIIER INCIDENTAL, SPEGAL,
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING our OF THE USE OR INABIUTY
TO USE SU0-1 PRODUCT, TO THE FULL EXTENTSU0-1 MAY BE DISCLAIMED BY LAW.
In HOW TO GET WARRANTY SERVICE:
Purchaser must notify Motorola's representative or call Motorola's Cwtomer Response
Center at 1-800-247-2346 within the applicable warranty period for information regarding
warranty service.
IV. WHAT mis w ARRANTY DOES Nor COVER:
A) Defects or damage remJting hom use of the Product In other than its normal and
customary manner.
'B) Defects or damage from misuse, aa:iden\', water, or neg\ect.
q Defects or damage hom improper testing. operation, maintenance, installation,
alteration. modifiation. or adjustment .
D) Breakage or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in material
workmanship.
E) A Product subjected to unauthoriz.ed Product modifications, dJsassemblies or repairs
(including, without limitation, the addition to the Product of non-Motorola supplied
equipment) which adversely aifect performance of the Product or interfere with
Motorola's normal warranty Inspection and testing of the Product to verify any warranty
claim.
F) Product which has had the serial number removed or made illegible.
G) Batteries (they carry their own separate limited warranty).
H) Freight costs ID the repair depot
I) A Product which, due to illegal or unauthoriz.ed alteration of the software/fi.nnware in
the Product, does not function in accordance with Motorola's published specifications or
with the FCC type acceptance labeling in effect for the Product at the time the Product
wu initially distributed from Motorola.
D Scratches or other cosmetic damage to Product surfaces that does not affect the operation
of the Product.
I<) That the software in the Product will meet the purchasers requirements or that the
operation of the softwue will be uninterrupted or error-free.
L) Normal and customary wear and tear.
M) Non-Motorola manufactured equipment unless bearing a. Motorola Pa.rt Number in the
form of a.n alpha. numeric number (i.e., TDE6030B).
V. GOVERNING LAW
In the case of a Product sold in the United States and Canada, this Warranty is governed
by the laws of the Sblte of ntlnois and the Province of Ontario, respectively.
VL PATENT AND SOFIW ARE PROVISIONS:
Motorola will defend, at its own expense, any suit brought against the end user
purchaser to the extent that it is based on a. claim that the Product or its parts infringe a
United States patent, and Motorola will pay those costs and damages finally awarded against
the end user purchaser in any such suJt which are attributable to any such claim, but such
defense and payments are conditioned on the following:
A) that Motorola will be notified promptly in writing by such purchaser of any notice of
ruchclaim;
B) that Motorola will have sole control of the defense of such suit and all negotiations for its
settlement or compromise; and
q should the Product or its parts become, or in Motorola's opinion be ill<ely to become, the
subject of a claim of infringement_ of a United States patent, that such purchaser will
permit Motorola, at illl option and expense, either to procure for such purchaser the right
to continue using the Product or its parts or to replace or modify the same so that it
becomes non-infringing or to grant such purchaser a credit for the Product or its parts as
depreciated and accept its return. The depreciation will be an equal amount per year
over the lifetime of the Product or its parts as established by Motorola.
Motorola will have no liability with respect to any claim of patent infringement which is
based upon the combination of the Product ot its parts furnished hereunder with software,
apparatus or devices not furnished by Motorola, nor will Motorola have any liability for the
use of ancillary equipment or software not furnished by Motorola which is attached to or
used in connection with the Product The foregoing states the entire liability of Motorola
with respect to infringement of patents by the Product or any illl parts thereof.
Laws in the United States and other countries preserve for Motorola certain exclusive
rights for copyrighted Motorola software such as the exclusive rights to reproduce in copies
and distribute copies of such Motorola software. Motorola software may be used in only the
Product In which the software was originally embodied and such software in such Product
may not be replaced, copied, distributed, modified in any way, or used to produce any
derivative thereof. No other use including, without limitation. alteration. modification,
reproduction, distribution. or reverse engineering of such Motorola software or exercise of
rights in such Motorola software is permitted. No license is granted by implication, estoppel
or otherwise under Motorola patent rights or copyrigha.
Produd
Code
A&B
Manufacturer
Attachment A
MOTOROLA. INC.
R.ldlo Communication/Emergency Response & Mobile Interoperable Eqalpment
Contract No.: RAOl-08
Description
Per die RFP Motorola has Included ID Electronics CatallKflle (ECA n, April 2007 Edition, on a CD media In Ilea
of llstion1 ead individual nrodud and il:I ontlonL In addition, the discount APC (Accouatln1 Product Code)
sbeet detailed below Is to be used to calcui.te •II Individual prices within the £CAT disk.
D Service Motorola Intearatloa Services
Motorola offers wide range of services including Integration. Installation and Training.
D The cost of these services is regional in nature. Samples below arc luted for reference
onlv.
D Project MlllllUlcmcnt Daily Rate•
D Svstem Emtincering Dailv Rate•
D Svstem Technolorut Daily Rate•
D Standard Shop Installation: Hourlv Rate•
D Standard Shop Installation: Daily Rate•
D Mobile Radio Installation•
D Radio Prosuammin11•
D Data Installation•
D •Prices mav V""' bv Rc2ion and Stated Scone. Travel Not Included
••• ... ,., ....
APCS H :AT r~t-orv o/, ''"'"UDt
1.53 Data ADD1ications 15%
291 Data Applications 0%
333 Data Applications 0%
339 Data Applications 0%
819 Data Apolications 0%
Data Subscriber
87 Devices 0%
Data Subscriber
137 Devices 5%
Data Subscriber
170 Devices .5'1e
Data Subscriber
171 Devices I 0"4
Data Subscriber
225 Devices 10%
Data Subscriber
312 Devices 20%
Data Subscriber
343 Devices 22°/e
Data Subscriber
508 Devices 10%
Data Subsaibcr
708 Devices 10%
Bue Offered
Price
$1500
Sl .SOO
$1800
$125
$850
$150-$3!50
$45-$100
$150-$350
Data Subscriber
736 Devices 22%
Data Subscriber
855 Devices lO"At
214 Fixed Data Products 10"/e
21S Fixed Data Products 10%
224 Fixed Data Products 10%
403 Fixed Data Products l ()"A,
469 Fixed Data Products 10%
499 Fixed Data Products IO%
Fixed Networft
222 [Equipment 0%
Fixed Networft
381 Equipment 5%
Fixed Networic
403 IF.nuipmenr 10%
218 Pixed Stations 200/e
281 Fixed Stations 18.SOo/,
301 Fixed Stations 20%
360 Fixed Stations IS%
448 Fixed Stations 20%
S09 Fixed Stations 20%
512 Fixed Stations 23%
537 Fixed Stations 20%
590 Fixed Stations 20%
595 Fixed Stations IS%
675 Fixed Stations 20%
676 Fixed Stations 20%
680 Fixed Stations 20%
780 Fixed Stations 0%
793 Fixed Stations lO'Y,
Fixed Station
207 Accessories 100/o
Fixed Station
273 Accessories 10%
Fixed Station
277 Accessories 20%
Fixed Station
301 Acc=ries 20%
Fixed Station
524 Accessories IS%
Fixed Station
52S Accessories 15%
Fixed Station
687 Accessories 18%
Fi.-xed Station
207 Antenna Systems IO%
Fixed Station
118 Controls 15%
Fixed Station
124 Controls IS% . Fixed Station
129 Controls 20%
Fixed Station
202 Controls IS%
Fixed Sta1ion
207 Controls 10"/e
Fixed Station
228 Controls 30%
Fixed S talion
229 Controls So/o
Fixed Station
261 Controls S%
Fixed Station
322 Controls IS%
Fixed Station
3n Controls I O"/e
Fixed Station
404 Controls 20%
Fixed Station
443 Controls IS.SO%
Fixed Station
448 Controls 20"/e
Fixed Station
4S4 Controls IS%
Fixed Station
708 Controls I O"/e
Fixed Station
729 Controls 0%
Fixed Station
740 Controls 10"/e
291 Mobile Accessories IS%
SS4 Mobile Accessories IS%
644 Mobile Accessories IS%
103 Mobile Stations 20%
109 Mobile Stations IS%
18S Mobile Stations 0%
189 Mobile Stations IS%
276 Mobile Stations 18.SOo/o
287 Mobile Stations 10.00"/e
374 Mobile Stations IS%
412 Mobile Stations 10%
soo Mobile Stations 2001.
514 Mobile Stations 18%
S18 Mobile Stations 18%
672 Mobile Stations 20%
11S Mobile S rations IS%
776 Mobile Stations 20%
792 Mobile Stations 0%
869 Mobile Stations 20%
131 Network Products 10%
147 Network Products 10"/,
207 Network Products 10% 136 Pe11er/Receiver I O"/o 169 Pa2en I 0% Portable Radiophone IS (Portables) 15% Portable R.ldiophonc 177 (Portables) IS% Portable R.ldiophone 18j Portables) Oo/1 Portable Radiophone 20S 'Portables) 2S% Portable Radiophone 276 (Portables) 18.SO"/o Portable Radiophone 320 !(Portables) 20% Portable Radiophone JSS !<Portables) ()"/e Portable R.adiophone 407 (Portables) 2j% Portable Radiophone 4S3 (Portables) 20% Portable R.ldiophone 476 !(Portables) 20% Portable Radiophone 672 I (Portables) 20% Portable Radiophone 687 l<Portables) 18% Portable Radiophone 721 l<Portables) 20% Portable Radiophone 749 (Portables) I.So/o Portable Radiophone 841 (Portables) IS% Radioware 232 Solutions 20% 129 Radius Products 20% 159 RJidl us Products 20% 169 Radius Products 20% 18.S RJ!di us Products O"/e 262 RJidlu.s Products 20% 271 Radiu.s Products 20% 29( Radius Products 20%
~62 Radius Products 20%
372 Radius Products 20%
' 417 Radius Products 20%
433 Radius Product, 20"/o
4S6 Radius Products 20%
4S? Radius Products 20%
459 Radius Products 20%
476 Radius Products 20%
SIS Radius Products 20%
S47 Radius Products 20%
SS4 Radius Products 20%
sss Radius Products 20%
S11 Radius Products 20"/o
644 Radius Products 20"/o
682 Radius Products 20%
706 Radius Producu 20o/e
742 Radius Products 20".4
744 Radius Products 20"..4
780 Radius Products 20%
785 Radius Products 20%
793 Radius Products 20".4
19S Radius Products 20%
136 Receivers 10"/o
S09 Receivers 20%
Sil Receivers 23%
743 Receivers IS%
ll7 Secure Solutions 5%
201 Secure Solutions 5%
229 Secure Solutions 5%
424 Secure Solutions LS%
443 Secure Solutions 150_.
462 Secure Solutions 5%
S24 Secure Solutions 15%
S2S Secure Solutions IS%
Software
19S Uol!l'Bdes/Flashport 0%
Software
371 Uol!l'Bdcs/Fhuhport 0".4
Software
430 Uol!l'Bdes/Flashport 20"/o
Software
647 u pgrades/Flashport O"/o
Software
729 Uomdcs/Flashoort 0%
Software
823 Uol!l'Bdes/Fl 11.!hport Oo/•
Trunking Products
39 and Systems 10%
Trunking Products
40 and Systems ISo/.
Trunking Products . 41 and Svstcms 10% Trunking Products 8S and Svstems IS% Trunking Products 112 and Smcms IS% Trunking Products IIS and Systems 10'% Trunking Products IS2 and Svstcms S% Trunking Products 277 and Syncms 20% Trunking Products 280 and Systems IS.SO% Trunking Products 281 andS~ IS.SO% T runlcing Products 377 and Systems 10% Trunking Products 49.S and Systems IS% Trunking Products S93 and Svstcms 23% Trunking Products 647 and Systems 0% Trunking Products 708 and Systems 100/e Trunking Products 877 and Svst.cms IS.SO% 37 Wireless Mobility 5% 38 Wireless Mobility 5% 484 Wireless Mobility 5% 563 Wireless Mobility 5% 606 Wireless Mobility 15% 683 Wi.reless Mobility IS% 832 Wireless Mobility 10% 977 Wireless Mobilitv 5%
SYSTEM PURCHASE AGREEMENT
TIIlS AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), made and entered into this __ day of_. __ by and
between Motorola Inc., a Delaware corporation duly authorized to conduct business in the State
of Tex:as ("Motorola" or "Seller''), the Houston-Galveston Area Council, a body corporate and
politic ("H-GAC") and , a body corporate and politic ("Purchaser'').
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Purchaser desires to purchase a Communications System; and
WHEREAS, Motorola desires to sell a Communications System to Purchaser; and
WHEREAS, H-GAC, acting as the agent for various local governmental entities who are "End
Users" under interlocal agreements (including the Purchaser) has solicited quotations for radio
communications equipment and conducted discussions with Motorola concerning its proposal
and, where applicable, in accordance with the competitive procurement procedures of Tex:as law;
and
WHEREAS, H-GAC and Motorola entered into that certain Radio Communications F.quipment
& Systems Agreement dated as of January 1, 2008 (the "Contract"), which provided that End
Users may purchase radio communications equipment from Motorola pursuant to certain tenns
contained therein; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Article 34 of the Contract, Purchaser, Motorola and Purchaser now wish
to enter into this System Purchase Agreement to delineate the specific tenns of the purchase of
radio communications equipment from Motorola by the Purchaser.
THEREFORE, the parties hereby enter into an agreement pursuant to which Motorola shall
perform the work and furnish the equipment and services as more fully set forth herein and in the
following ex:hibits, which are either attached hereto or incorporated by reference and hereby
made a part of this Agreement:
Exhibit A
Ex:hibit B
Ex:hibit C
Ex:hibit D
Exhibit E
General Provisions.
Motorola Software License.
Motorola's Statement of Work, System Description, Acceptance Test Plan, and
F.quipment List all dated ____ _
Motorola/H-GAC Radio Communications E.quipment & Systems Agreement
dated January l, 2008.
Motorola Enhanced System Support Statement of Work ("ESS Plan")
NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained
herein, the parties agree as follows:
Motorola/H-OACJ -1-System Purchase Agmt
Section 1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Motorola shall furnish all of the equipment as outlined in Exhibit C and provide the tools,
supplies, labor and supervision necessary for the installation of the items purchased in
accordance with Exhibit C.
B. In addition to responsibilities described in the Statement of Work, Purchaser shall
perfonn the following coincident with the performance of this Agreement:
(1) Provide a designated Project Director.
(2) Provide ingress and egress to Purchaser's facilities and/or sites as requested by Motorola
and have such facilities available for installation of the equipment to be installed.
(3) Provide adequate telephone lines (including modem access and adequate interfacing
networking capabilities) for the installation and operation of the equipment.
( 4) Provide adequate AC Power at 117 V AC + 10%, 60 Hz for the installation and operation
of the equipment.
(5) Provide a designated work area with adequate heat and light, and a secure storage area for
equipment delivered to the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall be solely liable for loss or damage to
equipment prior to, during and following installation when such equipment is on or within
Purchaser's facilities and/or vehicles.
Section 2 SITES
This Agreement is predicated on the utilization of sites and site configurations, which have been
selected either by the Purchaser or by Motorola as contained in the Motorola proposal. In either
situation, should it be determined by either Motorola or Purchaser during the course of
perfonnance on this Agreement that the sites or configuration selected are no longer available or
desired, new or replacement sites or configuration will be selected and approved by both
Motorola and the Purchaser. If any price adjustments are necessary as a result of these new or
replacement sites, such price adjustments will be added to this Agreement by change order in
accordance with Section 4 of the General Provisions.
Section 3 SUBSURFACE/STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS
This Agreement and the Motorola proposal are predicated upon normal soil conditions defined
by EJ.A. standard RS-222 Oatest revision). Should Motorola encounter subsurface, structural,
and/or latent conditions at any site differing from those, indicated on the specifications, or as
used in the preparation of the bid price, the Purchaser will be given immediate notice of such
conditions before they are further disturbed. Thereupon, Motorola and the Purchaser shall
promptly investigate the conditions and, if found to be different, will adjust the plans and/or
specifications as may be necessary. Any changes that cause an adjustment in the contract price
or in time required for the performance of any part of the contract shall result in a contract
modification in accordance with Section 4 of the General Provisions.
MO!Orola/H-OAC/ . 2. System Purchase AgmL
•
Section 4 PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE
A. Motorola projects that it will be able to obtain final acceptance and completion of the
Acceptance Test Plan within __ days after the contract is signed by all parties. A more
detailed timeline shall be provided to Purchaser after the design review and customer kick-off
meeting.
B. Whenever Motorola knows or reasonably should know that any actual or potential
condition due to circumstances beyond its control is delaying or threatens to delay the timely
perfonnance of the work. Motorola shall within thirty (30) days give Purchaser notice thereof
and may request an extension of time to perform the work.
C. In order to successfully integrate and implement this project, shipments will be made
F.O.B. Destination to Purchaser facilities, local Motorola staging facilities, warehousing
facilities, or any combination thereof. It is agreed that this plan is acceptable to Purchaser and
that Motorola will advise prior to shipment of actual destination and that purchaser will accept
shipment, and make payment as required by this Agreement.
D. It is also agreed that equipment shipping dates reflected in this agreement or in Motorola
proposals arc estimates only, and that shipment may be made at any time prior to, or subsequent
to these estimated shipping dates.
Section 5 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
A. Motorola will test the Communications System in accordance with the Acceptance Test
Plan. System acceptance will occur upon the successful completion of such testing ("System
Acceptance") at which time both parties shall promptly execute a certificate of system
acceptance. If the Acceptance Test Plan includes separate tests for individual subsystems, both
parties shall promptly execute certificates of subsystem acceptance upon the successful
completion of testing of such subsystems. Minor omissions or variances in performance which
do not materially affect the operation of the Communications System as a whole will not
postpone System Acceptance. Purchaser and Motorola will jointly prepare a list of such
omissions and variances which Motorola will correct according to an agreed upon schedule.
B . Motorola agrees to notify Purchaser when the Communications System is ready for
acceptance testing. Motorola and Purchaser agree to commence acceptance testing within ten
(10) business days after receiving such notification. If testing is delayed for reasons within the
control of Purchaser or its employees, contractors, agents or consultants for more than ten (10)
business days after notification, final payment will be due within thirty (30) days after such
notification and the Warranty Period will commence immediately.
C. Motorola may, but is not obligated to, issue written authorization for Purchaser to use the
Communications System or its subsystem(s) for limited training or testing purposes, prior to the
completion of testing by Motorola. Any use of the Communications System without prior written
authorization by Motorola shall constitute System Acceptance.
Motorola/H·GACJ . 3 • System Purchase Agmt .
..
Section 6 PAYMENT SCHEDULE
A. Motorola agrees to sell all of the equipment and perfonn the services as outlined in the
Scope of Work, and Purchaser agrees to buy the aforementioned equipment and services for the
sum of ($ , including the H-GAC
administration fee of$ The final price may be adjusted by change orders
approved pursuant to Statement of Work attached hereto as Exhibit "C".
B. Payments to Motorola shall be made according to the following milestones:
l. 20% of the total contract price is due when Purchaser executes this Agreement;
2. 60% of the total contract price will be invoiced immediately after the Equipment is
shipped from Motorola's facilities;
3. 10% of the total contract price will be invoiced immediately after the Equipment is
installed at the sites specified in the Exhibits; and
4. 10% of the total contract price will be invoiced immediately after System Acceptance.
C. In the event of failure or delay by the Purchaser in providing sites, space, approvals,
licenses, or any other Purchaser obligations required preceding delivery of Motorola equipment,
it is agreed that Motorola, at its sole discretion, may ship equipment as planned and that the
Purchaser will accept the equipment and make payment in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement Any additional costs incurred by Motorola for storage of equipment will be invoiced
and paid by Purchaser.
D. Payments to Motorola shall be made as follows:
(i) Motorola will post the delivery date into HGACbuy.com.
(ii) Motorola shall immediately forward an invoice for the payment requested in
Section 6(B) above to Purchaser.
(iii) Purchaser shall pay the Motorola invoice within thirty (30) calendar days of
receipt.
E. Payment of H-GAC's administrative fee:
Motorola will pay H-GAC in accordance with the payment terms of Contract No. RAOl-
08.
F. TERM Unless terminated in accordance with other provisions of this Agreement or
extended by mutual agreement of the Parties, the term of this Agreement begins on the date as set
forth above and continues until the date of Final Project Acceptance or expiration of the
Warranty Period, whichever occurs last.
Section 7 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Mo~rola/H-OAC/ . 4. System Purch:ue AgmL
A. If the size or complexity of the project warrants, Motorola will assign a Project Manager,
who is authorized to exercise technical direction of this project. Motorola, at any time, may
designate a new or alternate Project Manager with written notice to Purchaser and H-GAC.
B. All matters affecting the terms of this Agreement or the administration thereof shall be
referred to Motorola's cognizant Contract Administrator who shall have authority to negotiate
changes in or amendments to this Agreement.
Section 8 NOTICE ADDRESSES
A. Motorola. Inc.
B.
6450 Sequence Drive
San Diego, Ca 92121
Attn .: Law Department
C. Houston-Galveston Area Council
3555 Timmons Lane, Suite 500
Houston, Texas 77027
Attn.: Public Services Manager
Section 9 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE
In the event of an inconsistency in this Agreement, the inconsistency shall be resolved in the
following order.
Exhibit A
ExhibitB
General Provisions.
Motorola Software License.
Exhibit C Motorola's Statement of Work, System Description, Acceptance Test Plan and
F.quipment List.
ExhibitE Motorola Enhanced System Support Statement of Work (''ESS Plan"
Exhibit D Motorola/H-GAC Radio Communications F.quipment & Systems Agreement
dated January 1, 2008.
Section 10 DISPlITES
Motorola and the Purchaser will attempt to settle any claim or controversy arising out of this
Agreement through consultation and negotiation in good faith and a spirit of mutual cooperation.
If those attempts fail, then the dispute will be mediated by a mutually acceptable mediator to be
chosen by Motorola and the Purchaser within thirty (30) days after written notice by one of the
parties demanding non-binding mediation. Neither party may unreasonably withhold consent to
the selection of a mediator, and Motorola and the Purchaser will share the cost of the mediation
Motorola/H-OAC/ -5-System Purch.ue Agmt.
equally. By mutual agreement, however, Motorola and Purchaser may postpone mediation until
both parties have completed some specified but limited discovery about the dispute. The parties
may also agree to replace mediation with some other form of non-binding alternate dispute
resolution procedure ("ADR").
Any dispute which cannot be resolved between the parties through negotiation or mediation
within two (2) months of the date of the initial demand for it by one of the parties may then be
submitted to a court of competent jurisdiction in Texas. Both Motorola and Purchaser consent to
jurisdiction over it by such a court. The use of any ADR procedures will not be considered under
the doctrine of !aches, waiver or estoppel to affect adversely the rights of either party . Nothing
shall prevent either of the parties from resorting to the judicial proceedings mentioned in this
paragraph if (a) good faith efforts to attempt resolution of the dispute under these procedures
have been unsuccessful or (b) interim relief from the court is necessary to prevent serious and
irreparable injury to one of the parties or others.
Section 11 SEVERABILITY
If any portion of this Agreement or any exhibits hereto is held to be invalid, such provision or
portion of such provision shall be considered severable, and the remainder of this Agreement
shall not be affected.
Section 12 HEADINGS AND SECTION REFERENCES
The headings given to the paragraphs are inserted for convenience only and are in no way to be
construed as part of this Agreement or as a limitation of the scope of the particular paragraph to
which the heading refers.
Motorola/H -OAC/ -6-System Purchase Agmt.
Section 13 FULL AGREEMENT
This Agreement and its Exhibits constitute the final expression of the agreement of the parties
and supersedes all previous agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to
the work. This Agreement may not be altered, amended, or modified except by written
instrument signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties .
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed. by their duly
authorized represcntati ves as of the last day and year written below.
MOTOROLA, INC. PURCHASER
By: By:
(Signature) (SignatUre)
Name: Name:
(Print -Block Letters) (Print -Block Letters)
Title: Title:
(Print -Block Letters) (Print -Block Letters)
Date: Date:
Motoro la/H-GAC/ -7-System Purchase Agmt.
Section 1
EXIIlBIT A
GENERAL PROVISIONS
MOTOROLA, INC.
STANDARDS OF WORK
Motorola agrees that the performance of work described in this Agreement and pursuant
to this Agreement shall be done in a professional manner and shall conform to
professional standards . All packaging and packing shall be in accordance with good
commercial practice.
Section .2 TAXES
The prices set forth in the Agreement are exclusive of any amount for FederaJ, State or
Local excise, sales, lease, gross income service, rental, use, property, occupation or
similar taxes. If any taxes arc determined applicable to this transaction or Motorola is
required to pay or bear the burden thereof, the Purchaser agrees to pay to Motorola the
amount of such taxes and any interest or penalty thereon no later than thirty (30) days
after receipt of an invoice therefor.
Section 3 SHIPPING, TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS
All sales and deliveries arc F .O .B. Destination. Motorola reserves the right to make
deliveries in installments and the Agreement shall be severable as to such installments.
Title to the equipment shall pass to the Purchaser upon receipt at the F.O.B. Destination.
After delivery to the F.O.B. Destination, risk of loss and damage to the articles shall be
borne by the Purchaser. The above notwithstanding, title to software and any third party
supplied software shall not pass upon payment of the license fee therefor or under any
circumstances.
Section 4 CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. The Purchaser may, at any time, by written order, make changes within the
general scope of the work, including but not limited to revisions of, or additions to,
portions of the work, or changes in method of shipment or packaging and place of
delivery.
B. If any order under this Section 4 causes an increase or decrease in the cost of or
time required for the performance of any part of the work under this Agreement, an
equitable adjustment shall be made in the Agreement price or delivery schedule, or both,
and the Agreement shall be modified in writing accordingly. Motorola is not obligated to
comply with any order hereunder unless and until the parties reach agreement as to the
aforementioned equitable adjustment and same is reflected as an addendum to this
Agreement.
.J. Sys tem Purcbue Agmt
Section S LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
Except for personal injury or death, Motorola's total liability whether for breach of
contract. warranty, negligence, indemnification, strict liability in tort or otherwise, is
limited to the price of the particular products or services sold hereunder with respect to
which losses or damages are claimed. Purchaser's sole remedy is to request Motorola at
Motorola's option to either refund the pun:hase price, repair or replace product(s) that are
not as warranted. IN NO EVENT WILL MOTOROLA BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS
OF USE, LOSS OF TIME, INCONVENIENCE. COMMERCIAL LOSS, LOST
PROFITS OR SA VIN GS OR OTIIER INCIDENT AL, SPECIAL, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES TO TIIE FULL EXTENT SUCH MAY BE
DISCLAIMED BY LAW. No action shall be brought for any breach of this contract
more than one (1) year after the accrual of such cause of action except for money due
upon an open account.
Section 6 EXCUSABLE DELAYS
A. Neither Motorola nor the Purchaser shall be responsible for delays or lack of
perfonnance resulting from acts beyond the reasonable control of the party or parties.
Such acts shall include, but are not be limited to, acts of God; fire; strikes; material
shortages; compliance with laws or regulations; riots; acts of war: or any other conditions
beyond the reasonable control of the party or parties ..
B. Delays as identified herein may cause an impact on the Period of Performance
stated in the Agreement. Such delays will be subject to an Agreement addendum as
described in Section 4.
Section 7 DEFAULT
A. If Motorola is wholly responsible for failure to make delivery or complete
installation under the Agreement, the Purchaser may consider Motorola to be in default,
unless such failure has been caused by the conditions set forth in Section 6 of these
General Provisions.
B. The Purchaser shall give Motorola written notice of such default and Motorola
shall have thirty (30) days to provide a plan of action to cure the default. If Motorola
fails to cure the default, the Purchaser may terminate any unfulfilled portion of this
Agreement or complete the system through a third party. In the event the Purchaser
completes the system through a third party, Motorola shall be responsible for an amount
in excess of the Agreement price, not to exceed the value of the terminated portion,
incurred by the Purchaser in completing the system to a capability not exceeding that
specified in the Agreement. IN THE EVENT OF .DEFAULT, MOTOROLA SHALL
NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENT AL, LIQUID A TED, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
.2.
Section 8 DELAYS BY PURCHASER
If the Purchaser is responsible for delays which cause the installation and acceptance of
this system, to be rescheduled beyond the Period of Performance set forth in the
Agreement, the Purchaser shall be liable for actual costs incurred by Motorola resulting
from these delays. Such charges may include, · but are not limited to, additional
Engineering; rescheduling charges; storage charges; maintenance charges; and
transportation charges. The Purchaser shall have the option to attempt to minimize actual
costs incurred by storing and transporting equipment at its own expense.
Section 9 LICENSES/AUTHORIZATION
The Purchaser is solely responsible for obtaining any licenses or other authorizations
required by the Federal Communications Commission and for complying with FCC rules.
Neither Motorola nor any of its employees is an agent or representative of the Purchaser
in FCC matters or otherwise. Motorola, however, may assist in the preparation of the
license application at no charge to the Purchaser. Purchaser acknowledges that project
implementation is predicated on receipt of proper FCC licensing.
Section 10 INDEMNIFICATION
Motorola agrees to and hereby indemnifies and saves Purchaser and/or H-GAC harmless
from all liabilities, judgments, costs, damages and expenses which may accrue against, be
charged to, or recovered from the Purchaser and/or H-GAC by reason of or on account of
damage to the tangible property of the Purchaser or the property of, injury to, or death of
any person, to the extent and in the proportion that such damage or injury is caused by
Motorola's negligent acts or omissions or that of its employees, subcontractors, or agents
while on the premises of the Purchaser during the delivery and installation of the
communications equipment. IN NO EVENT WILL MOTOROLA BE LIABLE FOR
INCIDENT AL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ..
Section 11 EQUIPMENT COMPATIBILITY; PRODUCT SUPPORT
Motorola agrees that the equipment, will perform in accordance with the specifications
and representations stated in Motorola's Proposal and Equipment List included in this
Agreement. This Agreement does not extend to the. performance of the equipment as a
part of a larger system generally nor specifically to equipment in combination with
products, elements or components not supplied by Motorola.
Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide replacement parts for
Motorola manufactured subscriber equipment for five (5) years and for Motorola
manufactured fixed infrastructure equipment for seven (7) years, both from the date of
last manufacture. Motorola reserves the right to supply either assemblies or piece parts .
. J -System l'llrclwe A iffll
Section 12 WARRANTIES
A WARRANTY PERIOD. Upon System Acceptance, the System Functionality
representation described below is fulfilled The Equipment and Motorola Software is
warranted for a period of one (1) year after System Acceptance (''Warranty Period'') in
accordance with the applicable limited warranties shown below. In no event will the
warranty period last longer than eighteen (18) months after the Equipment and Software
is shipped from Motorola. Purchaser must notify Motorola in writing if Equipment or
Motorola Software does not conform to these warranties no later than one month after the
expiration of the Warranty Period.
B. SYSTEM FUNCTIONALITY. Motorola represents that the Communications
System will satisfy the functional requ irements in Exhibit C. Upon System Acceptance,
this System Functionality representation is fulfilled. After System Acceptance, the
Equipment Warranty set forth below, the Software Warranty set forth in the Software
License Agreement, and the ESS Plan will apply .
Motorola wilJ not be responsible for performance deficiencies of the System caused by
ancillary equipment not furnished by Motorola attached to or used in connection w ith the
System provided hereunder. Additionally, Motorola . will nof be responsible for System
perfonnance when the functionality is reduced for reasons beyond Motorola's control
i ncluding, but not limited to, i) an earthquake, adverse atmospheric conditions or other
natural causes; ii) the construction of a building that adversely affects the microwave path
reliability or RF coverage; iii) the addition of additional frequencies at System sites that
cause RF interference or intermodulation; iv) Purchaser changes to load usage and/or
configuration outside the parameters specified in Exhibit C; v) any other act of parties
who are beyond Motorola's control, including Purchaser or its employees, contractors,
consultants or agents .
C . EQUIPMENT WARRANTY. Motorola warrants the Equipment against material
defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service during the Warranty
Period . Unless otherwise specified in writing, the Warranty Period for non-Motorola
manufactured Equipment will be as stated in this Section. At no additional charge and at
its option, Motorola will either repair the defective Equipment, replace it with the same or
equivalent Equipment, or refund the purchase price of the defective Equipment, and such
action on the part of Motorola will be the full extent of Motorola's liability hereunder.
Repaired or replaced Equipment is warranted for the balance of the original applicable
warranty period. AH replaced parts of the Equipment shall become the property of
Motorola.
nns WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO
a) Defects or damage resulting from use of the Equipment in other than its
normal and customary manner.
b) Defects or damage occurring from misuse, accident, water or neglect.
.4 . Sy 11<m Pmclwe A s,m
c) Defects or damage occurring from testing, maintenance, installation,
alteration, modification, or adjustment not provided by Motorola pur.iuant
to this Communications System Agreement.
d) Breakage of or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in
material or workmanship.
e) Equipment that has been subjected to unauthorized modifications,
disassembly or repairs (including the addition to the Equipment of non-
Motorola supplied equipment if not authorized by Motorola) which
adversely affect performance of the Equipment or interfere with
Motorola's normal warranty inspection and testing of the Equipment to
verify any warranty claim.
O Equipment that has had the serial number removed or made illegible.
g) Batteries (because they carry their own separate limited warranty).
h) Freight costs to the repair depot.
i) Equipment that has been subject to illegal or unauthorized alteration of the
software/firmware in the Equipment
j) Scratches or other cosmetic damage to Equipment surfaces that docs not
affect the operation of the Equipment
k) Software.
I) Normal or customary wear and tear.
D. Motorola Software Warranty. Motorola Software is warranted in accordance with
the terms of the Software License Agreement attached as Exhibit B.
E. These express limited warranties as set forth in this Section are extended by
Motorola to the original end user purchasing or leasing the System for commercial,
industrial, or governmental use only, and are not assignable or transferable. These are the
complete warranties for the Equipment and Software provided pursuant to this
Agreement.
F. THESE WARRANITES ARE GIVEN IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR
CONDITTONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OR CONDITTONS OF MERCHANfABlLITY AND FITNF.SS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT Will MOTOROLA BE LIABLE FOR
DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE PURCHASE PRiCE OF THE EQUIPMENT. IN NO
EVENT WILL MaTOROLA BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF TIME,
INCONVENIENCE , COMMERCIAL LOSS, LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS OR
OTHER INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
. '. Synem Pun:huc Agn,c
ARISING our OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT, TO TIIE
FUlL EXTENT SUCH MAY BE DISCLAIMED BYLAW.
Section 13 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
Motorola proprietary computer programs will be released in accordance with the
Software License provisions set forth elsewhere, if applicable. All other material and
infonnation of confidential nature marked · Motorola PROPRIETARY and
CONFIDENTIAL will be released as necessary under the following conditions:
( 1) Purchaser shall exercise reasonable and prudent measures to keep these items in
confidence.
(2) Purchaser shall not disclose these items to third parties without prior written
pennission, unless Motorola makes them public or Purchaser learns them rightfully from
sources independent of Motorola. or it is required by law to be disclosed.
(3) Motorola, where necessary, retains the right to prescribe specific security
measures for the Purchaser to follow to maintain the confidentiality.
In the event disclosure of such infonnation is necessary, a separate Non-Disclosure
Agreement will be required.
Section 14 SOFfW ARE LICENSE
A. Motorola Software. Any Motorola Software furnished will be licensed to
Purchaser solely according to the terms and restrictions of the Software License
Agreement attached as Exhibit B. Purchaser hereby accepts all of the terms and
restrictions of the Software License Agreement.
B. Non-Motorola Software. Any Non-Motorola Software furnished by Motorola will
be subject to the terms and restrictions of its copyright owner unless such copyright
owner has granted to Motorola the right to sublicense such Non-Motorola Software, in
which case the Software License Agreement (including any addendum to satisfy such
copyright owner's requirements) shall apply.
-6-System Pun:lwe Acmr
SectionlS PATENTINDEMNIFICATION
Motorola will defend at its expense any suit brought against Customer to the extent it is
based on a third party claim alleging that the Equipment manufactured by Motorola or the
Motorola Software infringes upon the third party's United States patent or copyright
("Infringement Claim"), and Motorola will indemnify Customer for those costs and
damages finally awarded against Customer for an Infringement Claim. Motorola's duties
to defend and indemnify are conditioned upon : Customer promptly notifying Motorola in
writing of the Infringement Claim; Motorola having sole control of the defense of the suit
and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise; and Customer providing to
Motorola cooperation and, if requested by Motorola, reasonable assistance in the defense
of the Infringement Claim.
If an Infringement Claim occurs, or in Motorola's opinion is likely to occur, Motorola
may at its option and expense procure for Customer the right to continue using the
Equipment or Motorola Software, replace or modify it so that it becomes non-infringing
while providing functionally equivalent performance, or grant Customer a credit for the
Equipment or Motorola Software as depreciated and accept its return . The depreciation
amount will be calculated based upon generally accepted accounting standards for such
Equipment and Motorola Software.
Motorola will have no duty to defend or indemnify for any Infringement Claim that is
based upon the combination of the Equipment or Motorola Software with any software,
apparatus or device not furnished by Motorola; the use of ancillary equipment or software
not furnished by Motorola and that is attached to or used in connection with the
Equipment or Motorola Software; any Equipment that is not Motorola's design or
formula; a modification of the Motorola Software by a party other than Motorola; or the
failure by Customer to install an enhancement release to the Motorola Software that is
intended to correct the claimed infringement. The foregoing states the entire liability of
Motorola with respect to infringement of patents and copyrights by the F,quipment,
Motorola Software, or any of their parts.
Section 16 DISCLAIMER OF PATENT LICENSE
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to grant, either directly or by
implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license under any patents or patent applications
of Motorola, except that Purchaser shall have the normal non-exclusive royalty-free
license to use that is implied, or otherwise arises by operation of law, in the sale of a
product
Section 17 WAIVER
Failure or delay on the part of Motorola or Purchaser to exercise right or power hereunder
shall not operate as a waiver thereof.
Section 18 GOVERNING LAW
. 7 . Sy11tm Pwdwe A cmt
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State of Texas.
Section 19 ASSIGNABILITY
The Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto other than Motorola may assign
this order to one of its Subsidiaries as in the nonnal course of business.
... Sy1tem Pmdwe Ac,N
Exhibit B
Software Licen!e Agreement
This Exhibit B, Software License Agreement ("Agreement") is between Motorola, lnc., ("Motorola"), and
________________ ("Licensee").
For good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows :
Section 1 DEFINITIONS
1.1 "Designated Products" means products provided by Motorola to Licensee with which or for which
the Software and Documentation is licensed for use.
1.2 "Documentation" means product and software documentation that specifics technical and
perfonnancc features and capabilities, and the user, operation and training manuals for the Software
(including all physical or electronic media upon which such information is provided).
1.3 "Open Source Software" means software with either freely obtainable source code, license for
modification, or permission for free distribution.
1.4 ''Open Source Software License" means the terms or conditions under which the Open Source
Software is licensed.
I .S "Primary Agreement'' means the agreement to which this exhibit is attached.
1.6 "Security Vulnerability" means a flaw or weakness in system security procedures, design,
implementation, or internal controls that could be exercised (accidentally triggered or intentionally
exploited) and result in a security breach such that data is compromised, manipulated or stolen or the system
damaged.
1.7 "Software" (i) means proprietary software in object code format, and adaptations, translations, de-
compilations, disassemblies, emulations, or derivative works of such software; (ii) means any modifications,
enhancements, new versiorui and new releases of the software provided by Motorola; and (iii) may contain
one or more items of software owned by a third party supplier. The term "Software" does not include any
third party software provided under separate license or third party software not licensable under the terms of
this Agreement.
Seclion l SCOPE
Motorola and Licensee enter into this Agreement in connection with Motorola's delivery of certain
proprietary Software or products containing embedded or pre-loaded proprietary Software, or both. This
Agreement contains the terms and conditions of the license Motorola is providing to Licensee, and
Licensee's use of the Software and Documentation.
Section 3 GRANT OF LICENSE
3.1. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the payment of applicable license fees, Motorola
grants to Licensee a personal, limited, non-transferable (except a.1 pennitted in Section 7) and non-exclusive
license under Motorola 's copyrights and Confidential Information (as defmed in the Primary Agreement)
embodied in the Software to use the Software, in object code form , and the Documentation solely in
connection with Licensee's use of the Designated Products . This Agreement does not grant any rights to
source code.
.1. Sy11cra Pun:bue Agml
3.2. Ifthc Software licensed under this Agreement contains or is derived from Open Source Software,
the tc:rm.s and conditions governing the use of such Open Source Software are in the Open Source Software
Licenses of the copyright owner and not this Agreement. If there is a conflict between the terms and
conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Open Source Software Licenses governing
Licensee's use of the Open Source Software, the tenns and cond itions of the license grant of the applicable
Open Source Software Licenses will take precedence over the license grants in this Agreement. If requested
by Licensee, Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to : (i) determine whether any Open Source
Software is provided under this Agreement; (ii) identify the Open Source Software and provide Licensee a
copy of the applicable Open Source Software License (or specify where that license may be found); and,
(iii) provide Licensee a copy of the Open Source Software source code, without charge, if it is publicly
available (although distribution fees may be applicable).
Section 4 LIMITATIONS ON USE
4 .1. Licensee may use the Software only for Licensee 's internal business purposes and only in
accordance with the Documentation . Any other use of the Software is strictly prohibited. Without limiting
the general nature of these restrictions, Licensee will not make the Software available for use by third
parties on a "time sharing," "application service provider," or "service bureau" basis or for any other similar
commercial rental or sharing arrangement.
4.2 . Licensee will not, and will not allow or enable any third party to : (i) reverse engineer, disassemble,
peel components, decompile, reprogram or otherwise reduce the Software or any portion to a human
perceptible form or otherwise attempt to recreate the source code; (ii) modify, adapt, create derivative
works of, or merge the Software; (iii) copy, reproduce, distribute, lend, or lease the Software or
Documentation to any third party, grant any sublicense or other rights in the Software or Documentation to
any third party, or take any action that would cause the Software. or Documentation to be placed in the
public domain; (iv) remove, or in any way alter or obscure, any copyright notice or other notice of
Motorola's proprietary rights; (v) provide, copy, transmit, disclose, divulge or make the Software or
Documentation available to, or pcnnit tho use of tho Software by any third party or on any machine except
as expressly authorized by this Agreement; or (vi) use, or permit the use of, the Software in a manner that
would result in the production of a copy of the Software solely by activating a machine containing the
Software. Licensee may make one copy of Software to be used solely for archival, back-up, or disaster
recovery purposes; provided that Licensee may not operate that copy of the Software at the same time as the
original Software is being operated. Licensee may make as many copies of the Documentation as it may
reasonably require for the internal use of the Software.
4.3. Unless otherwise authorized by Motorola in writing, Licensee will not, and will not enable or allow
any third party to : (i) install a licensed copy of the Software on more than one unit of a Designated Product;
or (ii) copy onto or transfer Software installed in one unit of a Designated Product onto only one other
device. Licensee may temporarily transfer Software installed on a Designated Product to another device if
the Designated Product is inoperable or malfunctioning, if Licensee provides written notice to Motorola of
the temporary transfer and identifies the device on which the Software is transferred . Temporary transfer of
the Software to another device must be discontinued when the original Designated Product is returned to
operation and the Software must be removed from the other dev ice. Licensee must provide prompt written
notice to Motorola at the time temporary transfer is discontinued.
4.4. When using Motorola's Radio Service Software ("RSS"), Licensee must purchase a separate
license for each location at which Licensee uses RSS. Licensee's use of RSS at a licensed location docs not
entitle Licensee to use or access RSS remo tely. Licensee may ma.Jee one copy of RSS for each licensed
location. Licensee shall provide Motorola with a list of all locations at which Licensee uses or intends to
use RSS upon Motorola's request.
4 .S. Licensee will maintain, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of two years there a fter,
accurate records relating to this license grant to verify compliance with this Agreement. Motorola or an
independent third party ("Auditor") may inspect Licensee 's premises, books and records, upon reasonable
prior notice to Licensee, during Licensee 's nonnal business hours and subject to Licensee's facility and
security regulations. Motorola is responsible for the payment of all expenses and costs of the Aud itor. Any
-2 -
information obtained by Motorola and the Auditor will be kept in strict confidence by Motorola and the
Auditor and used solely for the purpose of verifying Licensee's compliance with the tenns of thi.,
Agreement.
Section 5 OWNERSIIlP AND TITLE
Motorola. its licensors, and its suppliers retain all of their proprietary rights in any form in and to the
Software.and Documentation, including, but not limited to , all rights in patents. patent applications.
inventions. copyrights, trademarks. trade secrets, trade names, and other proprietary rights in or relating to
the Software and Documentation (including any corrections, bug fixes , enhancements, updates,
modification,, adaptations, translation.,, de-compilations, disassemblics, emulations to or derivative works
from the Software or Documentation, whether made by Motorola or another party, or any improvements
that result from Motorola's processes or, provision of infonnation services). No rights are granted to
Licensee under this Agreement by implication, estoppel or otherw ise, except for those rights which are
expressly granted to Licensee in this Agreement All intellectual property developed. originated, or
prepared by Motorola in coMection with providing the Software, Designated Products, Documentation or
re lated services, remains vested exclusively in Motorola, and Licensee will not have any shared
development or other intellectual property rights.
Section 6 LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY
6.1. The commencement date and the term of the Software warranty will be a period of ninety (90)
days from Motorola's shipment of the Software (the "Warranty Period"). If Licensee is not in breach of any
of its obligatiom under this Agreement, Motorola warrants that the unmodified Software, when used
properly and in accordance with the Documentation and this Agreement, will be free from a reproducible
defect that eliminates the functionality or successful operation of a feature critical to the primaey
functionality or successful operation of the Software. Whether a defect occurs will be determined by
Motorola solely with reference to the Documentation. Motorola does not warrant that Licensee's use of the
Software or the Designated Products will be uninterrupted, error-free, completely free of Security
Vulnerabilities, or that the Software or the Designated Products will meet Licensee 's particular
requirements. Motorola makes no representations or warranties with respect to any third party software
included in the Software.
6.2 Motorola's sole obligation to Licensee and Licensee's exclusive remedy under this warranty is to
use reasonable efforts to remedy any material Software defect covered by this warranty. These efforts will
involve either replacing the media or attempting to correct significant, demonstrable program or
documentation errors or Security Vulnerabilities. If Motorola cannot correct the defect within a reasonable
time, then at Motorola's option, Motorola will replace the defective Software with functionally-equivalent
Software, license to Licensee substitute Software which will accomplish the same objective, or terminate
the license and refund the Licensee's paid license fee.
6.3. Warranty claims are described in the Primaey Agreement.
6.4. The express warranties set forth In this Section 6 are In lieu or, and Motorola disclaims, any
and all other warranties (eipress or implied, oral or written) with respect to the Software or
Documentation, Including, without llmitatlon, any and all Implied warranties or condition, title, non-
infringement, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose or use by Licensee (whether or not
Motorola knows, has reason to know, bu been advised, or Is otherwise aware of any such purpose or
O!e), whether arising by law, by reuon or cmtom or usage of trade, or by course of deallng. In
addition, Motorola disclaims any warranty to any penon other than Licensee with respect to the
Software or Documentation.
Section 7 TRANSFERS
Licensee will not transfer the Software or Documentat ion to any third party without Motorola's prior written
consent. Motorola 's consent may be withheld at its discret ion and may be conditioned upon transferee
. 3 .
paying aJI applicable license fees and agreeing to be bound by this Agreement. If the Designated Products
are Motorola's radio products and Licensee transfers ownership of the Motorola radio products to a third
party, Licensee may assign its right to use the Software (other than RSS and Motorola's FLASHpo~
software) which is embedded in or furnished for use with the radio products and the related Documentation;
provfdtdthat Licensee transfers all copies ofthe Software and Documentation to the transferee, and
Licensee and the transferee sign a transftz fonn to be provided by Motorola upon request, obligating the
transferee to be bound by this Agreement
Section 8 TERM AND TERMINATION
8. J Licensee's right to use the Software and Documentation will begin when the Primary Agreement is
signed by both parties and will continue for the life of the Designated Products with which or for which the
Software and Documentation have been provided by Motorola, unJcss Licensee breaches this Agreement, in
which case this Agreement and Licensee's right to use the Software and Documentation may be terminated
immediately upon notice by Motorola.
8.2 Within thirty (30) days after termination of this Agreement, Licensee must certify in writing to
Motorola that all copies of the Software have been removed or deleted from the Designated Products and
that all copies of the Software and Documentation have been returned to Motorola or destroyed by Licensee
and are no longer in use by Licensee.
8.3 Licensee aclcnowledges that Motorola made a considerable investment of resources in the
development, marketing, and distribution of the Software and Documentation and that Licensee's breach of
this Agreement will result in irreparable hann to Motorola for which monetary damages would be
inadequate. If Licensee breaches this Agreement, Motorola may terminate this Agreement and be entitled
to all available remedies at law or in equity (including immediate injunctive relief and repossession of all
non-embedded Software and associated Documentation unless Licensee Is a Federal agency of the United
States Government).
Section 9 UNITED STA TES GOVERNMENT LICENSING PROVISIONS
This Section applies if Licensee is !he United States Government or a United States Government
agency. Licensee 's use, duplication or disclosure of the Software and Docmnentation under
Motorola's copyrights or trade secret rights is subject to the restrictions set for1h in subparagraphs
(cXI) and (2) of the Commercial Computer Software-Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52.227-19
(JUNE 1987), if applicable, unless they are being provided to the Department of Defense . If the
Software and Documentation are being provided to the Department of Defense , Licensee's use,
duplication, or disclosure of the Software and Documentation is subject to the restricted righu set
forth in subparagraph (cXIXii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at
DFARS 252 .227-7013 (OCT 1988), if applicable. The Software and Documentation may or may
not include a Restricted Rights notice, or other notice referring to this Agreemenl The provisions
of this Agreement will continue to apply, but only to the extent that !hey are consistent with the
rights provided to the Licensee under the provisions of the FAR or OF ARS mentioned above, as
applicable to the particular procuring agency and procurement transaction.
Seclfon IO CONFIDENTIALITY
Licensee acknowledges that the Software and Documentation contain Motorola's valuable proprietary and
Confidential lnfonnation and are Motorola's trade secrets, and th at the provis ions in the Prima,y Agreement
concerning Confidential Information apply .
Section 11 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
.,.
'-
The Limitation of Liability provision is described in the Primary Agreement.
Section ll NOTICES
Notices are described in the Primary Agreement
Section 13 GENERAL
13 . I . COPYRIGHT NOTICES. The existence of a copyright notice on the Software will not be
construed as an admission or presumption of publication of the Software or public disclosure of any trade
secrets associated with the Software.
I J .2 . COMPLIANCE WITII LAWS. Licensee acknowledges that the Software is subject to the laws
and regulations of the United States and Licensee will comply with all applicable laws and regulations,
including export laws and regulations of the United States. Licensee will not, without the prior
auth<ri:zation of Motorola and the appropriate governmental authority of the United States, in any form
export or re-export, sell or resell, ship or reship, or divert, through direct or indirect means, any item or
technical data or direct or indirect products sold or otherwise furnished to any person within any territory
for which the United States Government or any of its agencies at the time of the action, requires an export
license or other governmental approval. Violation of this provision is a material breach of this Agreement
IJ.J. ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBCONTRACTING. Motorola may ass ign its rights or subcontract its
obligations under this Agreement, or encumber or sell its rights in any Software, without prior notice to or
consent of Licensee.
I J .4 . GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the United States to the extent
that they apply and otherwise by the internal substantive laws of the State to which the Software is shipped
if Licensee is a sovereign government entity, or the internal substantive laws of the State of Illinois if
Licensee is not a sovereign government entity. The terms of the U.N. Convention on Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods do not apply. In the event that the Uniform Computer Information Tramaction
Act, any version of this Act, or a substantially similar law (collectively "UCITA") becomes applicable to a
party's performance under this Agreement, UCIT A does not govern any aspect of this Agreement or any
license granted under this Agreement, or any of the parties' rights or obligations under this Agreement. The
governing law will be that in effect prior to the applicability ofUCITA.
IJ.5. TIIIRD PAR1Y BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is entered into solely for the benefit of
Motorola and Licensee. No third party has the right to make any claim or assert any right under this
Agreement, and no third party is deemed a beneficiary of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing.
any licensor or supplier of third party software included in the Software will be a direct and intended third
party benefic iary of this Agreement.
IJ.6 . SURVIVAL. Sections4,5,6.J , 7,8,9, IO, II and lJsurvivetheterminationofthisAgrecment
13 .7. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE. In the event of inconsistencies between this Exhibit and the Primary
Agreement, the parties agree that this Exhibit prevaib, only with respect to the specific subject matter of
this Exhibit, and not the Primary Agreement or any other exhib it as it applies to any other subject matter.
IJ.8 SE CURI1Y. Motorola's Inform ation Ass urance Policy a ddresses the issue of security. Motorola
uses reas onable mearu in the des ign and writing of its own Software and the ac q uisition of third party
So ftware to limit Security Vulnerabilities . While no software can be guaranteed to be free from Security
Vulnerabilities , if a Security Vulnerability is discovered. Motorola will take the s teps set forth in Section 6
of this Agreement.
·-'·
>: ExhlbltC Technlcal and Implementation Documents -6-S)'llem PmdtaJe Acmt
..
Exhibit D
Motorola/H-GAC Radio Communications Equipment & Systems Agreement
-1 -
·I·
Exhibit E
Service Terms and Conditions
Motorola, Inc. ("Motorola") and the customer named in this Agreement ("Customer") hereby
agree as follows:
During the Warranty Period in the System Purchase Agreement, any provisions in this Service
Terms and Conditions described in the Primary Agreement shall be governed by the Primary
Agreement. Once post-Warranty begins, the provisions in this Service Terms and Conditions
shall prevail.
Section 1 APPLICABILITY
These Service Terms and Conditions apply to service contracts whereby Motorola will provide to
Customer either (1) maintenance, support and/or other services under a Motorola Service
Agreement, or (2) installation services under a Motorola Installation Agreement.
Section 2 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
During the Warranty Period, as described in the System Purchase Agreement ("SPA"), these
Definitions, are superseded to those in the SPA, to extent there is a conflict. Once post-Warranty
has commenced, these Definitions will apply.
2.1 "Agreement" means these Service Terms and Conditions; the cover page for the Service
Agreement or the Installation Agreement, as applicable; and any other attachments, all of which
are incorporated herein by this reference. In interpreting this Agreement and resolving any
ambiguities, these Service Terms and Conditions take precedence over any cover page, and the
cover page takes precedence over any attachments, unless the cover page or attachment states
otherwise.
2.2 "Equipment" means the equipment that is specified in the attachments or is subsequently
added to this Agreement.
2.3 "Services" means those installation, maintenance, support, training, and other services
described in this Agreement.
Section 3 ACCEPTANCE
Once post-Warranty commences, Customer accepts these Service Terms and Conditions and
agrees to pay the prices set forth in the Agreement. The term of this Agreement begins on the
"Start Date" indicated in this Agreement.
Section 4 SCOPE OF SERVICES
During post-Warranty this provision will apply to the services provided pursuant to Enhanced
System Support ("ESS").
-1 -Sys te m Purc hase Agmt
4.1. Motorola will provide the Services described in this Agreement or in a more detailed
statement of work or other document attached to this Agreement. At Customer's request,
Motorola may also provide additional services at Motorola's then-applicable rates for the
services .
4.2. If Motorola is providing Services for Equipment, Motorola parts or parts of equal quality
will be used; the Equipment will be serviced at levels set forth in the manufacturer's product
manuals; and routine service procedures that are prescribed by Motorola will be followed.
4.3. If Customer purchases from Motorola additional equipment that becomes part of the same
system as the initial Equipment, the additional equipment may be added to this Agreement and
will be billed at the applicable rates after the warranty for the additional equipment expires.
4.4. All Equipment must be in good working order on the Start Date or when additional
equipment is added to the Agreement. Upon reasonable request by Motorola, Customer will
provide a complete serial and model number list of the Equipment. Customer must promptly
notify Motorola in writing when any Equipment is lost, damaged, stolen or taken out of service.
Customer's obligation to pay Service fees for such Equipment will terminate at the end of the
month in which Motorola receives the written notice.
4.5. Customer must specifically identify any Equipment that is labeled intrinsically safe for
use in hazardous environments.
4.6. If Equipment cannot, in Motorola's reasonable opinion, be properly or economically
serviced for any reason, Motorola may modify the scope of Services related to such Equipment;
remove that Equipment from the Agreement; or increase the price to Service such Equipment.
4.7. Customer must promptly notify Motorola of any Equipment failure. Motorola will
respond to Customer's notification in a manner consistent with the level of Service purchased as
indicated in this Agreement.
Section 5 EXCLUDED SERVICES
During post-Warranty this provision will apply to the services provided pursuant to ESS .
Service excludes the repair or replacement of Equipment that has become defective or damaged
from use in other than the normal, customary, intended, and authorized manner; use not in
compliance with applicable industry standards; excessive wear and tear; or accident, liquids,
power surges, neglect, acts of God or other force majeure events.
-2-Sys te m Purchase Agmt
Unless specifically included in this Agreement, Service excludes items that are consumed in the
normal operation of the Equipment, such as batteries or magnetic tapes .; upgrading or
reprogramming Equipment; accessories, belt clips, battery chargers, custom or special products,
modified units, or software; and repair or maintenance of any transmission line, antenna,
microwave equipment, tower or tower lighting, duplexer, combiner, or multicoupler. Motorola
has no obligations for any transmission medium, such as telephone lines, computer networks, the
internet or the worldwide web , or for Equipment malfunction caused by such transmission
medium.
Section 6 TIME AND PLACE OF SERVICE
During post-Warranty this provision will apply to the services provided pursuant to ESS .
Service will be provided at the location specified in this Agreement. When Motorola performs
service at Customer's location, Customer will provide Motorola, at no charge, a non-hazardous
work environment with adequate shelter, heat, light, and power and with full and free access to
the Equipment. Waivers of liability from Motorola or its subcontractors will not be imposed as a
site access requirement. Customer will provide all information pertaining to the hardware and
software elements of any system with which the Equipment is interfacing so that Motorola may
perform its Services . Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, the hours of Service will be
8:30 a.m. to 4 :30 p.m., local time , excluding weekends and holidays . Unless otherwi se stated in
this Agreement, the price for the Services exclude any charges or expenses associated with
helicopter or other unusual access requirements; if these charges or expenses are reasonably
incurred by Motorola in rendering the Services, Customer agrees to reimburse Motorola for those
charges and expenses .
Section 7 CUSTOMER CONT ACT
Customer will provide Motorola with designated points of contact (list of names and phone
numbers) that will be available twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, and an
escalation procedure to enable Customer's personnel to maintain contact, as needed, with
Motorola.
Section 8 PAYMENT
During post-Warranty this provi sion will apply to the services provided pursuant to ESS.
Unless alternative payment terms are stated in this Agreement, Motorola will invoice Customer
in advance for each payment period. All other charges will be billed monthly, and Customer
must pay each invoice in U.S . dollars within thirty (30) days of the invoice date. To the extent
permitted by law , Customer will reimburse Motorola for all applicable property taxes, sales and
use taxes, excise taxes , and other taxes or assessments that are levied as a result of Services
rendered under this Agreement (except income, profit, and franchise taxes of Motorola) by any
governmental entity.
- 3 -System Purcha se Agmt
Section 9 WARRANTY
During post-Warranty this provision will apply to the services provided pursuant to ESS.
Motorola warrants that its Services under this Agreement will be free of defects in materials and
workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days from the date the performance of the Services are
completed . In the event of a breach of this warranty, Customer's sole remedy is to require
Motorola to re-perform the non-conforming Service or to refund, on a pro-rata basis, the fees
paid for the non-conforming Service. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Section 10 DEFAULT/fERMINA TION
During post-Warranty this provision will apply to the services provided pursuant to ESS.
10.1. If either party defaults in the performance of this Agreement, the other party will give to
the non-performing party a written and detailed notice of the default. The non-performing party
will have thirty (30) days thereafter to provide a written plan to cure the default that is acceptable
to the other party and begin implementing the cure plan immediately after plan approval. If the
non-performing party fails to provide or implement the cure plan, then the injured party, in
addition to any other rights available to it under law, may immediately terminate this Agreement
effective upon giving a written notice of termination to the defaulting party.
10.2. Any termination of this Agreement will not relieve either party of obligations previously
incurred pursuant to this Agreement, including payments which may be due and owing at the
time of termination. All sums owed by Customer to Motorola will become due and payable
immediately upon termination of this Agreement. Upon the effective date of termination,
Motorola will have no further obligation to provide Services.
Section 11 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
During post-Warranty this provision will apply to the services provided pursuant to ESS .
-4-Sys te m Purchase Agmt
Except for personal injury or death , Motorol a's total liability , whether for breach of contract,
warranty , negligence , strict liability in tort, or otherwi se , will be limited to the direct damages
recoverable under law , but not to exceed the price of twelve (12) months of Service provided
under this Agreement. ALTHOUGH THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THE POSSIBILITY
OF SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES , THEY AGREE THAT MOTOROLA WILL NOT BE
LIABLE FOR ANY COMMERCIAL LOSS ; INCONVENIENCE ; LOSS OF USE , TIME,
DAT A, GOOD WILL, REVENUES, PROFITS OR SA VIN GS ; OR OTHER SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED
TO OR ARISING FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES BY
MOTOROLA PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT . No action for contract breach or
otherwi se relating to the tran saction s contemplated by thi s Agreement may be brought more than
one ( 1) year after the accrual of such cau se of action , except for money due upon an open
account. Thi s limitation of liability will survive the expiration or termination of thi s Agreement
and applie s notwithstanding any contrary provi sion .
Section 12 EXCLUSIVE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
During post-Warranty thi s provi sion will apply to the services provided pursuant to ESS .
. 5 . Sys tem Purchase A gmt
12.1. This Agreement supersedes all prior and concurrent agreements and understandings
between the parties, whether written or oral, related to the Services, and there are no agreements
or representations concerning the subject matter of this Agreement except for those expressed
herein . The Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written agreement signed
by authorized representatives of both parties .
12.2. Customer agrees to reference this Agreement on any purchase order issued in furtherance
of this Agreement, however, an omission of the reference to this Agreement will not affect its
applicability. In no event will either party be bound by any terms contained in a Customer
purchase order, acknowledgement, or other writing unless: the purchase order,
acknowledgement , or other writing specifically refers to this Agreement; clearly indicate the
intention of both parties to override and modify this Agreement; and the purchase order,
acknowledgement, or other writing is signed by authorized representatives of both parties .
Section 13 PROPRIETARY INFORMATION; CONFIDENTIALITY; INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY RIGHTS
13.1. Any information or data in the form of specifications, drawings, reprints, technical
information or otherwise furnished to Customer under this Agreement will remain Motorola's
property, will be deemed proprietary, will be kept confidential , and will be promptly returned at
Motorola's request. Customer may not disclose, without Motorola's written permission or as
required by law, any confidential information or data to any person, or use confidential
information or data for any purpose other than performing its obligations under this Agreement.
The obligations set forth in this Section survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.
13.2. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, or otherwise determined under applicable law, no
commercial, financial or technical information disclosed in any manner or at any time by
Customer to Motorola will be deemed secret or confidential. Motorola will have no obligation to
provide Customer with access to its confidential and proprietary information, including cost and
pricing data .
13.3. This Agreement does not grant directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any
ownership right or license under any Motorola patent, copyright, trade secret, or other intellectual
property including any intellectual property created as a result of or related to the Equipment sold
or Services performed under this Agreement.
Section 14 FCC LICENSES AND OTHER AUTHORIZATIONS
Customer is solely re sponsible for obtaining licenses or other authorizations required by the
Federal Communication s Commission or any other federal, state, or local government agency
and for complying with all rules and regulations required by such agencie s. Neither Motorola
nor any of its employees is an agent or representative of Customer in any governmental matters .
Section 15 COVENANT NOT TO EMPLOY
During post-Warranty thi s provision will apply to the services provided pursuant to ESS.
. 6 . System Purchase Agmt
r
During the term of this Agreement and continuing for a period of two (2) years thereafter,
Customer will not hire, engage on contract, or solicit the employment of any employee of
Motorola or its subcontractors without the prior written authorization of Motorola . This
provision applies only to those employees of Motorola or its subcontractors who are responsible
for rendering services under this Agreement. If this provision is found to be overly broad under
applicable law, it shall be modified as necessary to conform to such law .
Section 16 MATERIALS , TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
During post-Warranty this provision will apply to the services provided pursuant to ESS.
All tools, equipment, dies, gauges, models, drawings or other materials paid for or furnished by
Motorola for the purpose of this Agreement will be and remain the sole property of Motorola.
Customer will safeguard all such property while it is in Customer's custody or control, and will
be liable for any loss or damage to this property, unless such loss or damage is caused by
Motorola, and return it to Motorola upon request. This property will be held by Customer for
Motorola's use without charge and may be removed from Customer 's premises by Motorola at
any time during Customer's regular business hours.
Section 17 GENERAL TERMS
During post-Warranty this provision will apply to the services provided pursuant to ESS.
- 7 -System Purchase A gmt
17 .1 . If any court renders any portion of this Agreement unenforceable, the remaining terms
will continue in full force and effect.
17.2. This Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties will be governed and interpreted
in accordance with the laws of the State in which the Services are performed.
17 .3. Failure to exercise any right will not operate as a waiver of that right, power, or privilege.
17.4. Neither party is liable for delays or lack of performance resulting from any cau ses that are
beyond that party 's reasonable control, such as strikes, material shortages, or acts of God .
17 .5. Motorola may assign its rights and obligations, and may subcontract any portion of its
performance, under this Agreement upon prior written consent of Customer. However, Motorola
may assign this order to one of its Subsidiaries as in the normal course of business . In the event
Motorola assigns the right to receive payment to one of its affiliates, then Customer shall be
authorized to reque st a sworn affidavit from the affiliate verifying its right to receive payment
from Motorola prior to making such payment. In addition , in the event Motorola separates one or
more of it s businesses (each a "Separated Business"), whether by way of a sale, establishment of
a joint venture, spin-off or otherwi se (each a "Separation Event"), Motorola may, without the
prior written consent of the other Party and at no additional co st to Motorola, assign this
Agreement such that it will continue to benefit the Separated Business and its affiliates (and
Motorola and its affiliates, to the extent applicable) following the Separation Event. Such
assignment will not relieve Motorola of its duties or obligations under this Agreement to the
City.
17.6 . THIS AGREEMENT WilL RENEW, FOR AN ADDITIONAL ONE (1) YEAR TERM,
ON EVERY ANNIVERSARY OF THE START DATE UNLESS EITHER THE COVER PAGE
SPECIFICALLY STATES A TERMINATION DATE OR ONE PARTY NOTIFIES THE
OTHER IN WRITING OF ITS INTENTION TO DISCONTINUE THE AGREEMENT NOT
LESS THAN THIRTY (30) DAYS OF THAT ANNIVERSARY DATE . At the anniversary
date, Motorola may adjust the price of the Services to reflect its current rates .
17 . 7 . If Motorola provides Services after the termination or expiration of thi s Agreement , the
terms and condition s in effect at the time of the termination or expiration will apply to those
Services and Customer agree s to pay for those services on a time and material s basis at
Motorola's then effective hourly rate s.
-8 -Sys te m Purc hase Agmt
Exhibit E
Enhanced System Support
Statement of Work
-9 -System Purchase Agmt
1.0 Definitions
Enhanced System Support
Statement of Work
These defined terms might not apply to every section of this Statement of Work. Capitalized
terms used in this Statement of Work and not otherwise defined within the Statement of Work, or
in the Communications System Agreement or other applicable agreement (collectively ,
"Agreement ") have the follow ing meanings :
1.1 Case: Electronic tracking document for requests for service through the Motorola System
Support Center.
1.2 Case Status : Identifier of the status of a Case from beginning to end.
1.3 Component(s): New or refurbished parts of equal quality.
1.4 Configuration Change Support : A change in a user-defined parameter, which may
include a change in the placement of a dispatch console talkgroup window. Fleetmapping
is not included in Configuration Change Support.
1.5 Connectivity: Remote access to the System via dial up or dedicated links
1.6 Continuously/Continuous : Seven (7) days per week , twenty four (24) hours a day,
including holidays .
1.7 Customer: The end-user Customer as identified in the Agreement.
1.8 Customer Support Plan: A document mutually developed by Motorola and the Customer
that provides information about the Customer and the System and describes the specific
processes by which Motorola will deliver and the Customer will receive the services
described in this Statement of Work.
1.9 Elements: Those device types present on the Customer's System whose status may be
communicated to the SSC .
1.10 Equipment: The equipment specified in the Equipment List as set forth in the Agreement ,
including any additions to the Equipment List during the Warranty Period .
1.11 Enhanced System Support (ESS) Period: The 12 month period commencing at the start
of the Warranty Period for Equipment and Software as defined by the Agreement.
1.12 Event: An alarm or informational notification received by Motorola through the Network
Management tools.
1.13 Feature : A Software functionality.
1.14 Firmware : Software in object code form that is implanted or embedded in hardware.
1.15 FRU : Field Replaceable Unit , typically a board or module , contained within the
Infrastructure .
1.16 Infrastructure : The fixed Equipment excluding mob iles , portables , and accessor ies .
1.17 Infrastructure Depot Operations or IDO: A Motorola facility wh ich serves as Motorola 's
centralized location for infrastructure repair .
1.18 Loaner : Infrastructure that is owned by Motorola and serves as a temporary replacement
while the Customer's Infrastructure is being repaired.
1.19 Maintenance: The process for determining the cause of Equipment failure , removing ,
repairing , or replacing Components necessary to conform the Equipment with the
manufacturer's specifications along with system -specific specifications , delivering and
reinstalling the Components and placing the Equipment back into operation .
1.20 MCNS : Mission Critical Network Services
1.21 Motorola Software: Software whose copyright is owned by Motorola or its affiliated
company .
1.22 Non-Motorola Software : Software whose copyr ight is owned by a party other than
Motorola or its affiliated company.
1.23 Notificat ion : The point in time when the Customer contacts Motorola and requests
service .
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 2 5
Approved 1-28 -08
1.24 Optional Feature: An additional Feature issued with a Core Release that is available to
Customer at additional cost.
1 .25 Response : The event when a technician , a remote systems technologist or a remote
network specialist begins to actively work on the technical issue, remotely or on-site , as
determined by Motorola.
1.26 Restore/Restoration/Restoral: The effort required to bring Equipment to the level for
which it was designed , engineered and adjusted for performance in accordance with the
manufacturer's published specifications, although such Equipment may not necessarily
be malfunctioning.
1 .27 Servicer: a Motorola Authorized Service Station or Motorola Field Service personnel.
1.28 Severity Level: The degree of adverse impact of an issue or Event.
1.29 Software : The Software furnished with the System including any Motorola Software and
Non-Motorola Software .
1.30 Software License Agreement: The agreement or portion of an agreement pursuant to
which Motorola licenses Software to Customer, including System Releases.
1.31 Special Product Feature : A Feature that is specially developed for Customer and which
contains a functionality that is unique to Customer.
1.32 Standard Business Day: Monday through Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m ., local t ime ,
excluding Motorola holidays .
1.33 Standard Feature : A software functionality for components of Customer's System that is
available to Customer in the standard software release.
1.34 Start Date: Effective start date as listed on the Agreement.
1.35 System : The communications system as defined in the Communications System
Agreement or other applicable Agreement.
1.36 System Acceptance: Unless otherwise defined in the Communications System
Agreement , the date upon which Motorola has successfully completed all of the System
tests as described in the acceptance test plan.
1.37 System Release : One software version release on a particular platform. ASTRO 25 6.3
example is where 6 is the platform indicator and .3 is software version release indicator.
1.38 System Support Center or SSC: a Motorola facility which serves as Motorola 's
centralized system support facility to compliment the field support resources .
1.39 Systemic: A recurring Software or hardware defect that significantly affects the operation
of the System.
1.40 Technical Support Operations or TSO : A centralized telephone support help desk that
provides technical support for Motorola customers who have purchased products from
Motorola (Network & Enterprise) or who have a contract for technical support.
1.41 Vendor: Any manufacturer (other than Motorola) or third party that services or repairs
Infrastructure or subscriber equipment.
1.42 Verification : Contacting the appropriate designated person to verify the System is
operational (original problem resolved) and closing the Case .
1.43 Work-around: A change in the followed procedures or data supplied by Vendor to avoid
error without substantially impairing use of the Equipment.
1.44 Work Flow: A step-by-step process including instruction or direction for routing , handling,
and processing information at a given agency.
2.0 Enhanced System Support Statement of Work
2.1 Description of Services
Enhanced System Support (ESS) is a service support package designed to support both
the software and hardware components of a new System during the ESS Period . During
the ESS Period , ESS services supplement and complement the warranty as described in
the Communications System Agreement. The ESS services are included in the price of
the System . After the ESS Per iod expires , these services are available for purchase
under a separate agreement. ESS services will be provided in accordance with the terms
and conditions set forth herein. If any conflict exists between the Statement of Work
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 25
Approved 1-28-08
2
2.2
provisions and the terms and conditions , the terms and conditions shall preva il. All
services described in the ESS Statement of Work w ill be provided in accordance with the
terms of the Agreement and will cover only the Equipment and related Motorola Software.
Motorola Enhanced System Support is comprised of the following serv ices that are
described in greater detail in this Statement of Work :
2.1 .1 Network & Security Monitoring -Section 3.0 Network and Security Monitoring
bundles the following services :
• Network Monitoring ,
• Security Monitoring ,
• Pre-tested Software Subscription Agreement ,
• OnSite Infrastructure Response ,
• Dispatch Service .
2 .1.2 Performance Management Reports -Section 4.0
2 .1.3 Technical Support -Section 5.0
2 .1.4 Network Preventative Maintenance -Sect ion 6.0
2.1.5 Advanced Replacement -Sect ion 7 .0
2 .1.6 Software Subscription -Section 8.0
2.1. 7 Infrastructure Software Installation -Sect ion 9.0
2.1.8 System Audit -Section -10 .0
Expans ion, Replacement, or Phased Implementation Equipment
After System Acceptance , if new Equipment is being integrated with an existing System
to expand the System (either as a subsequent phase of a multi phase project or
expansion due to another entity joining the System) , or to replace a major part of the
System , then such new Equipment will be covered as follows:
If the existing System is covered under its original ESS program , the new Equipment will
be covered as if it were part of the original System for the remainder of the ESS Period .
If the ex isting System is not covered under its original ESS program but is covered under
a service agreement with Motorola to prov ide serv ices , then the new Equ ipment will be
covered at the same level of service for the remainder of the term of that service
agreement and the price for the service agreement will be increased to cover the
additional Equipment.
If the existing System is not covered under either its or iginal ESS program or a service
agreement with Motorola, the new Equipment is covered only by the Equipment warranty
and not by ESS .
2.3 MCNS and Plant Exclus ion
The ESS program originated from and was designed to support Motorola 's radio systems
business . Neither the ESS program nor the Software Subscription services covers the
software, hardware , or services provided by MCNS or by PlantCML Equipment , Inc .
("Plant"), Motorola's E911 solution subcontractor.
2.4 General Descript ion of ESS Statement of Work
2.4 .1 Motorola has the following responsibilities :
2.4 .1.1 Prepare a Customer Support Plan in conjunction with the Customer,
preferably before System Acceptance .
2.4.1.2 Respond in accordance to pre-defined Response times upon receipt
from Customer of Customer managed passwords required for proper
access to the Customer's System.
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 25
Approved 1-28-08
3
2.4 .1 .3 Apply additional support charges above and beyond the contracted
service agreements that may apply if it is determined that System faults
were caused by the Customer making changes to critical System
parameters .
2.4.2 Customer has the following responsibilities:
2.4 .2 .2 Prepare a Customer Support Plan in conjunction with Motorola,
preferably before System Acceptance . The Customer must provide all
information necessary to complete the Customer Support Plan .
2.4 .2.3 Cooperate with Motorola and perform all acts that are reasonable or
necessary to enable Motorola to provide the ESS services to Customer.
2.4 .2.4 Provide all Customer managed passwords required to access the
Customer's System to Motorola upon request or when opening a Case to
request service support or enable Response to a technical issue .
3.0 Network & Security Monitoring Statement of Work
3.1 Description of Services
Overview: Network & Security Monitoring is a bundled service offering that provides
Network Monitoring, Security Monitoring, Pre-tested Software Subscription (PTSS),
Dispatch Service and OnSite Infrastructure Response services to the Customer. This
service is applicable only for the following system types : ASTRO 25 current shipping
System Release and three prior System Releases.
Network & Security Monitoring includes the monitoring of radio system infrastructure as
well as monitoring Motorola security equipment if present on the Customer's System .
Monitoring security equipment requires Customer to purchase a Core Security
Management Server with Customer's System. Motorola will monitor Elements of a
System for Events, as set forth in the Monitored Elements Table in Appendix 1.
When the Motorola System Support Center (SSC) detects an Event , trained technologists
will acknowledge the Event , run remote diagnostic routines , and initiate an appropriate
Response. Appropriate responses could include , but are not limited to, continuing to
monitor the Event for further development , attempting remote Restoral, or transferring the
Event by opening a Case for dispatch of a Servicer. If dispatched , the Servicer will
respond at the Customer location based on pre-defined Severity Levels and Response
times in order to Restore the System (see the Severity Definitions Table and the
Response Time Table in Appendix 1 ).
Motorola will provide Case Management as set forth herein. The SSC maintains contact
with the on-site Servicer until System Restoral occurs and Case is closed . The SSC will
continuously track and manage Cases from open to close through an automated Case
tracking process . This Case management allows Motorola to provide activity and
performance reports as well as ensures timely resolution of issues .
Pre-Tested Software Subscription provides the latest anti-virus def initions , intrusion
detect ion sensor (IDS) signature updates (only for IDS supplied to Customer by
Motorola), Microsoft and Solaris operating system security patches that have been pre-
tested on a Motorola tes t system to verify compatibi lity with the ASTRO 25 System .
Customer is notified when pre-tested updates are available electronically.
Additional Provisions for Customer Systems with a Core Security Management Server:
Motorola will proactively manage the security Elements present on the System as needed
to mitigate the risk of vulnerability such as a virus , worm or other intrusive attack on the
System . This may include periodically deploying the latest release of pre-tested anti -virus
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 2 5
Approved 1-2 8 -08
4
definitions to the anti-virus management server and updating the intrusion detection
sensor signature files (for IDS if present on the System and only supplied to Customer by
Motorola) as determined by Motorola. Motorola will also modify intrusion sensor settings
and update firewall settings as determined by Motorola and will notify Customer of such
modifications.
Customer may elect to "Opt-Out" of the monitoring portion of Network & Security
Monitoring service by notifying Motorola in writing . Upon receipt of such notification,
Motorola will not perform further System monitoring. Customers who elect out of
monitoring will need to deploy pre-tested security software updates to its network.
Customer may choose to "Opt Back In " to the monitoring portion of Network & Security
Monitoring Service for the remainder of the current term of the applicable agreement by
notifying Motorola in writing, provided that (i) Customer is responsible for any equipment,
engineering , testing , installation and other charges required to enable Network & Security
Monitoring Service; and (ii) Customer and Motorola execute a written change order to
enable Network & Security Monitoring Service.
If Customer receives Network & Security Monitoring Service , certain equipment that is
necessary to enable Motorola to provide this service (e .g ., modem , server) will be
connected to the Customer's system on a loaned basis. Such equipment is referred to as
"Motorola owned equipment" and Motorola retains title to this equipment. If Customer
Opts-Out of the Network & Security Monitoring Service during the time period which is
the ESS Period plus three years (the "Loan Period), Motorola may remove its Motorola
owned equipment from Customer's System . If Customer maintains Network & Security
Monitoring Service during the Loan Period, title to this equipment will automatically pass
to Customer without further action on the part of either party at the end of the Loan
Period .
3.2 Motorola responsibilities :
3.2 .1
3 .2 .2
3.2.3
3.2.4
3 .2.5
3.2.6
3.2.7
3 .2.8
3 .2 .9
3.2 .10
Provide dedicated Connectivity through a private network connection necessary
for monitoring ASTRO 25 System . The Connectivity Matrix set forth in Appendix
1, further describes the Connectivity options.
If determined necessary by Motorola , provide Motorola owned server
for monitoring ASTRO 25 security elements .
Verify Connectivity and Event monitoring prior to System Acceptance or Start
Date .
Coordinate with Customer to maintain Motorola service authentication
credentials .
Continuously receive service requests .
Perform Continuous monitoring of System Elements as set forth in the Monitored
Elements Table .
Interpret System Events and determine appropriate Response . An appropriate
Response could include the following actions : notify customer of activity ,
continue monitoring the Event for further development , review System log files or
transfer the Event information via a Case for dispatch of a Servicer.
Remotely access the Customer's System to perform remote diagnostics as
permitted by Customer pursuant to section 3 .3 .1.
Attempt remote Restoral, as appropriate . Some System functions may be
disrupted as necessary to maintain System integrity until further validation of the
Event occurs. This may include shutting down applications , applying security
tools , resetting box , or instructing Servicer to reload applications and operating
system software as necessary.
Create a Case as necessary when service requests are received. Gather
information to perform the following :
3.2 .10.1 Characterize the issue
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 25
Approved 1-28-08
5
3.2.10 .2 Determine a plan of action
3.2.10.3 Assign and track the Case to resolution .
3.2.11 Dispatch a Servicer, as required , by Motorola standard procedures and provide
necessary Case information collected in section 3.2.10.
3.2 .12 Ensure the required personnel have access to Customer information as needed .
3.2.13 Disable and enable System devices , as necessary, for Servicers .
3.2.14 Servicer will perform the following on-site :
3.2.14.1 Run diagnostics on the Infrastructure or FRU .
3.2.14.2 Replace defective Infrastructure or FRU , as applicable . Customer,
Servicer or Motorola may provide Infrastructure or FRU .
3.2.14.3 Provide materials, tools, documentation, physical planning manuals,
diagnostic/test equipment and any Security requirements necessary to
perform the Maintenance service.
3.2.14.4 If a third party Vendor is needed to Restore the System , the Servicer
may accompany that Vendor onto the Customer's premises .
3.2.15 Verify with Customer that Restoration is complete or System is functional, if
required by Customer's repair Verification preference described in the Customer
Support Plan required by section 3.3.5 If Verification by Customer cannot be
completed within 20 minutes of Restoration , the Case will be closed and the
Servicer will be released.
3.2 .16 Escalate the Case to the appropriate party upon expiration of a Response time.
3.2 .17 Close the Case upon receiving notification from Customer or Servicer, indicating
the Case is resolved.
3.2 .18 Notify Customer of Case Status , as described in the Customer Support Plan
required by section 3.3 .6 at the following Case levels:
3.2 .18 .1 Open and closed; or
3.2 .18 .2 Open , assigned to the Servicer , arrival of the Servicer on site, deferred
or delayed, closed.
3.2 .19 Obtain anti-virus definitions for the Microsoft Windows platform , intrusion
detection sensor (IDS) signatures for Motorola supplied IDS and Microsoft, and
Solaris operating system security patches , as available , from Motorola selected
commercial suppliers .
3.2.20 Evaluate anti-virus definitions classified as Category 4 (Severe , difficult to
contain) and Category 5 (Very Severe , very difficult to contain) by Motorola
selected commercial supplier to determine if a high-priority release is required.
Motorola in its discretion will determine the urgency of the update based on the
impact to the System.
3.2.21 Test anti-virus definitions , intrusion detection sensor signatures for Motorola
supplied IDS, Microsoft, and Solaris operating system security patches by
deploying them on a dedicated test System with the standard supported
configurations, which include Motorola's then current approved cohabitated
applications for current System Release and three previous System Releases .
3.2.22 Confirm that tested ant i-virus definitions , intrusion detection sensor signatures for
Motorola supplied IDS , and operating system software patches do not degrade or
compromise System functionality on dedicated test System within the standard
supported configurations .
3.2.23 Address issues identified during testing to support funct ionality under the
procedures specified in 3.2.21 above by working with Motorola selected
commercial supplier or Motorola product development engineering team .
3.2 .24 Motorola w ill deploy pre-tested updates to anti-virus management server and
intrusion detection sensor for Motorola supplied IDS , if present on the System
and System includes a Core Security Management Server, on a weekly basis or
as determined necessary by Motorola. High-priority anti-virus definition releases
identified in 3.2.20 will be made available within 24 hours of commercial supplier
release or at Motorola 's discretion. If Customer "opts out" of monitoring or does
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 25
Approved 1-28 -08
6
not have a Core Security Management Server in the System , Customer will need
to deploy pre-tested security software updates to its network .
3.2.25 Notify Customer when anti-virus definition updates and intrusion detect ion sensor
signatures are available or have been deployed on Customer System .
3.2 .26 Release and notify Customer when Microsoft and Solaris operating system
security patches are certified and available with instructions for obtaining patches
for Customer deployment on the Customer System. Microsoft operating system
security patches will be released monthly. Solaris operating system security
patches will be released Quarterly or at Motorola 's discretion.
3.2 .27 Maintain annual Customer licenses for anti-virus definitions and intrusion
detection sensor signatures for IDS supplied to Customer by Motorola with
Motorola selected commercial supplier.
3.2 .28 Provide the following reports , as applicable:
3.2.28.1 Case activity reports to Customer.
3.2.28.2 Network Security Monitoring Service reports for Customer System(s).
3.2 .28.3 Network Activity/Availability Reports
3.3 Customer responsibilities:
3.3 .1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3 .5
3.3.6
3.3.7
3.3 .8
3.3.9
3.3.10
3.3.11
3.3 .12
3.3 .13
Allow Motorola Continuous remote access to obtain System availability and
performance data.
Allow Motorola to access System if f irewall has been installed: provide
permanent/dedicated access for SNMP traps (outbound) and ZDS polling
(inbound).
Maintain and manage any equipment outside of the System .
Deploy pre-tested operating system software patches on the System.
Provide Motorola with pre-defined Customer information and preferences prior to
Start Date necessary to complete Customer Support Plan .
3.3.5.1 Provide 7/24 security contact and escalation list
3.3.5.2 Case notification preferences and procedures
3.3.5.3 Repair Verification preference and procedure
3.3.5.4 Database and escalation procedure forms.
3.3.5.5 Submit changes in any information supplied in the Customer Support
Plan to the Customer Support Manager.
Provide the following information when initiating a service request:
3.3.6.1 Assigned System ID number
3.3.6.2 Problem description and site location
3.3 .6.3 Other pertinent information for Motorola to open a Case.
Notify the SSC when Customer performs any activity that impacts the System .
(Activity that impacts the System may include , installing software or hardware
upgrades, performing upgrades to the network , or taking down part of the System
to perform maintenance .)
As necessary, upgrade System to supported System Release as specified in
paragraph 3.2 .21 .
Allow Servicers access to Equipment (including any Connectivity or monitoring
equipment) if remote service is not possible.
Allow Servicers access to remove Motorola owned server upon cancellation of
service as set forth in paragraph 3.2 .2.
Supply Infrastructure or FRU , as applicable , in order for Motorola to Restore the
System as set forth in paragraph 3.2 .14 .2 .
Maintain and store in an easily accessible locat ion System backups and any/all
Software needed to Restore the System.
Verify with the SSC that Restoration is complete or System is functional , if
required by the Repair Verification Preference provided by Customer in
accordance with section 3.3.5.
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 25
Approved 1-28-08
7
3.3.14 Comply with the terms of the applicable license agreements between Customer
and the Non-Motorola Software copyright owners .
3.4 WARRANTIES AND DISCLAIMER:
Motorola warrants that its services will be free of defects in materials and workmanship
for a period of ninety (90) days following completion of the service. Your sole remedies
are to require Motorola to re-perform the affected service or at Motorola's option to
refund, on a pro-rata basis, the service fees paid for the affected service.
During the applicable Warranty Period, Motorola warrants that the tested anti-virus
definitions, intrusion detection sensor signatures, and operating system security
updates/patches do not degrade or compromise System functionality, and that after
incorporation of the tested Software updates , the System Software, when used properly
and in accordance with the Documentation, will be free from a reproducible defect that
eliminates the functionality or successful operation of a feature critical to the primary
functionality or successful operation of the Software. Product and Software
documentation that specifies technical and performance features and capabilities, and
the user , operation and training manuals for the Software (including all physical or
electronic media upon which this information is provided) are collectively referred to as
"Documentation." Whether a defect occurs will be determined solely with reference to
the Documentation. Motorola does not warrant that Customer's use of the Software or
Products will be uninterrupted or error-free or that the Software or the Products will meet
Customer's particular requirements.
MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO PRE-
TESTED ANTI-VIRUS DEFINITIONS, OPERATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE PATCHES,
AND INTRUSION DETECTION SENSOR SIGNATURE FILES, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED , INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE , AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. FURTHER ,
MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY CONCERNING THE NON-MOTOROLA
SOFTWARE AND DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT CUSTOMER 'S SYSTEM WILL BE
ERROR-FREE OR IMMUNE TO VIRUSES OR WORMS AS A RESULT OF THESE
SERVICES .
4.0 Performance Management Reports
4.1 Description of Services
Performance Management Reports are a set of documents that report on the operational
performance of a Customer's System. The reports transform raw System data into
actionable information . Using the information provided by the reports, the Customer can
guide network activities for effective capacity planning, trend analysis , and network
performance optimization. Performance Management Reports enable Customer to
evaluate the critical system load parameters of their system to show where and when
system bottlenecks occur and to allow for future system growth planning . Network
Monitoring Service is required for the Performance Management Reports Service.
4.2 Motorola responsib ilities :
4.2.1 Collect and store performance data via Connectivity in place for Motorola 's
Network Monitoring Service. Completed Performance Management Reports will
be stored on a Motorola web site for Customer access. Motorola is not
responsible for any lost performance data that occurs through System or
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 25
Approved 1-28-08
8
Connectivity failures . Motorola w ill generate reports with the data that is collected
and note any lost data intervals on the reports .
4.2.2 Generate detailed performance reports .
4.2 .3 Deliver one set of Performance Management Reports to the Customer during the
ESS Period . These reports will be delivered upon a schedule mutually agreed
upon by the Customer and Motorola.
4.3 Customer responsib ilities:
4.3 .1 Provide Connectivity to enable Motorola to monitor the Customer System. Failure
to provide Connect ivity may prevent Motorola from rendering the Performance
Management Reports service described in this section .
4.3 .2 Allow Motorola Cont inuous access to retr ieve performance data from the
Customer's System .
5.0 Technical Support Statement of Work
5.1 Description of Services
Techn ical Support service provides centralized remote telephone support for technical
issues that requ ire a high level of commun ications systems expertise or troubleshooting
on Equipment. The SSC 's Technical Support Operat ion is staffed with technologists who
specialize in the diagnosis and resolution of system performance issues . Techn ical
Support Service (i) does not include software upgrades that may be required for issue
resolution ; (ii) does not include Customer training ; and (iii) is only ava ilable for those
system types that are supported and approved by Technical Support Operations .
5.2 Motorola responsibilities :
5.2 .1 Respond to requests for Technical Support for the Restoration of failed Systems
and diagnosis of operation problems in accordance w ith the response times set
forth in the Remote Technical Support Response T imes table and the Severity
Level defined in the Severity Definitions Table in Append ix 1.
5.2 .2 Advise caller of procedure for determining any additional requirements for issue
characterization and Restoration , including providing a known fix for issue
resolution when available .
5.2.3 Attempt remote access to the System for remote diagnostics , when possible .
5.2.4 Maintain communication with the Servicer or Customer in the field until close of
the Case , as needed .
5.2 .5 Coordinate technical resolut ions with Vendor(s), as needed .
5.2 .6 Escalate and manage support issues , including Systemic issues , to Motorola
eng ineering and product groups , as applicable .
5.2 .7 Escalate the Case to the appropriate party upon expiration of a Response time .
5.2 .8 Provide Configuration Change Support and Work Flow changes to a System that
has remote access capability.
5.2.9 Determine , in its sole discretion , when a Case requires more than the Technical
Support services described in this SOW and notify Customer of an alternative
course of action .
5.3 Customer respons ibilities :
5.3.1 Provide Motorola w ith pre-defined information pr ior to Start Date necessary to
complete the Customer Support Plan .
5.3.1 .1 Submit changes in any informat ion supplied in the Customer Support
Plan to the Customer Support Manager.
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 2 5
App ro ved 1-2 8-08
9
5.3.2 Contact the SSC in order to access the Technical Support Operation , provide
name of caller, name of Customer, System ID number, Service Agreement
number, site(s) in questions , and brief description of the problem .
5.3.3 Supply on-site presence when requested by SSC.
5.3.4 Val idate issue resolution prior to close of the Case .
5.3 .5 Allow Motorola remote access to the System by equipping the System with the
necessary Connectivity.
5.3.6 Acknowledge that Cases will be handled in accordance with the times and
priorities as defined in Remote Technical Support Response T imes Table and
t he Severity Level defined in the Severity Definit ions Table
6.0 Network Preventative Maintenance Statement of Work
6.1 Descript ion of Service
Network Preventative Maintenance will provide an operational test and alignment on the
Customer's Infrastructure Equipment (infrastructure or fixed network equipment only) to
ensure the Infrastructure meets original manufacturer's specifications , as set forth in the
applicable attached Tables(s) in Appendix 1. Network Preventative Maintenance will be
performed during Standard Business Days . If System or Customer requirements dictate
this service must occur outside of Standard Bus iness Days , an additional charge may
apply and Motorola will provide an additional quotation . Customer is responsible for any
charges assoc iated with helicopter or other unusual access requirements or expenses.
6.2 Motorola responsibilities :
6.2 .1 Notify the Customer of any possible System downtime needed to perform this
service .
6 .2.2 Physically inspect the Infrastructure Equipment in the system (equipment
cabinets , general circuitry , fault indicators , cables , and connect ions).
6 .2.3 Remove any dust , and/or foreign substances from the Infrastructure .
6.2.4 Clean filters , if applicable.
6.2.5 Measure , record , align , and adjust the Infrastructure Equipment parameters in
accordance with the manufacturer's service manuals and the Rules and
Regulations of the Federal Communications Comm ission (FCC), where
applicable .
6.3 Customer responsib ilities :
6.3.1 Provide preferred schedule for Network Preventative Maintenance to Motorola.
6.3 .2 Authorize and acknowledge any schedu led System downtime .
6.3.3 Maintain periodic backup of databases , Software applications and Firmware .
6.3.4 Establish and maintain a suitable environment (heat , light , and power) for the
Equipment location and provide the Servicer full , free , and safe access to the
Equipment so that the Servicer may provide services. All sites shall be
accessible by standard serv ice veh icles .
7.0 Advanced Replacement Statement of Work
7.1 Descript ion of Services
When available , Moto rola will provide Customer w ith an Advanced Replacement unit(s)
or FRU(s) in exchange for Customer's malfunctioning FRU(s). Non-standard
configurations , Customer-modified Infrastructure and certain third party Infrastructure are
excluded from Advanced Replacement service . Malfunctioning FRU(s) will be evaluated
and repaired by 100 and returned to 100 FRU inventory upon completion of repa ir. In
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 2 5
Approved 1-28-08
10
cases where Advanced Replacement is not available or when a Customer requires the
exact serial number to be returned , a FRU may be available on a Loaner basis.
7 .2 Motorola responsibilities :
7.2.1 Use commercially reasonable efforts to ma intain an inventory of FRU .
7.2 .2 Provide, new or reconditioned units as FRU to Customer or Servicer, upon
request and subject to availability. The FRU will be of similar kit and version, and
will contain like boards and chips , as the Customer's malfunctioning
Infrastructure.
7.2.3 Program FRU to original operating parameters based on templates provided by
Customer as required in Section 7.3. If Customer's template is not provided or is
not reasonably usable, a standard default template will be used.
7.2.4 Properly package and ship Advanced Replacement FRU from IDO 's FRU
inventory to Customer's specified address .
7.2.4.1 During normal operating hours of Monday through Friday 7:00am to
7:00pm CST, excluding holidays FRU will be sent next day air via
Federal Express Priority Overnight or UPS Red unless otherwise
requested . Motorola will pay for such shipping , unless Customer
requests shipments outside of the above mentioned standard business
hours and/or carrier programs, such as NFO next flight out. In such
cases , Customer will be subject to shipping and handling charges.
7.2.4.2 When sending the Advanced Replacement FRU to Customer, provide a
return air bill in order for Customer or Servicer to return the Customer's
malfunctioning FRU . The Customer's malfunctioning FRU w ill become
property of IDO and the Customer will own the Advanced Replacement
FRU.
7.2.4.3 When sending a Loaner FRU to Customer, IDO will not provide a return
air bill for the malfunctioning Infrastructure. The Customer is responsible
to arrange and pay for shipping the malfunctioning Infrastructure to IDO.
IDO will repair and return the Customer's Infrastructure and will provide a
return air bill for the customer to return IDO 's Loaner FRU.
7.2 .5 Receive malfunctioning Infrastructure from Customer and document its arrival,
repair and return .
7.3 Customer responsibilities :
7.3.1 Contact or instruct Servicer to contact the SSC and request an Advanced
Replacement or Loaner FRU prior to shipping the malfunctioning Infrastructure or
third party Infrastructure.
7.3.1 .1 Provide model description, model number, serial number, type of System
and Firmware version , symptom of the problem and address of site
location for FRU or Infrastructure.
7.3.1 .2 Indicate if the Infrastructure being sent in for serv ice was subjected to
physical damage or lightning damage.
7.3.1.3 Follow Motorola instruction regarding inclusion or removal of Firmware
and Software applications from Infrastructure being sent in for service.
7.3.1.4 Provide Customer purchase order number to secure payment for any
cost described herein.
7 .3 .2 Pay for shipping of Advanced Replacement or Loaner FRU from IDO if Customer
requested shipping outside of standard business hours or carrier programs set
forth in section 7 .2.4 .
7.3.3 Within five (5) days of receipt of the Advanced Replacement FRU from IDO 's
FRU inventory, properly package Customer's malfunctioning Infrastructure and
ship the malfunctioning Infrastructure to IDO for evaluation and repair. Customer
must send the return air bill, referenced in 7.2.4.3 above back to IDO in order to
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 25
Approved 1-28-08
11
ensure proper tracking of the returned Infrastructure . Customer will be subject to
a replacement fee for malfunctioning Infrastructure not properly returned .
7.3.4 If received , Customer must properly package and sh ip Loaner FRU back to 100
within f ive (5) days of receipt of Customer 's repaired FRU.
7.3.5 Maintain templates of Software/applications and Firmware for reloading of
Infrastructure
8.0 Software Subscriptions Statement of Work
8.1 Description of Service
Motorola will provide to Customer Software Subscription services in accordance with this
Statement of Work. Motorola will provide periodic software bulletins to Customer at the
address provided by Customer in writing . These software bulletins announce and explain
System Release fo r Motorola and Non-Motorola Software that are available to Software
Subscription Customers for use with their upgrade-capable Motorola Equipment covered
by these services. Motorola will provide applicable System Releases as ordered by
Customer.
Software Subscription consists of design services for System Release and review
System audit data. Motorola will review System audit data along with an Equipment list to
avoid potential Software incompatibilities between Equipment that is being upgraded
versus Equipment , which is not upgraded with the System Release . Motorola will identify
additional Equ ipment and engineering , (if applicable} for the System that is required as a
result of the upgrade and will recommend a plan for installation of this additional
Equipment. Implementation of this installat ion plan is not included with the Software
Subscription .
Additional Provisions for Software Subscription services that beg in after December 31 ,
2004, concerning ASTRO 25 Trunking Systems : Motorola recommends that Customer
maintains continu ity in receiv ing Software Subscription services unt il Customer decides
to no longer install addit ional System Release . If , Customer discontinues Software
Subscription services and later decides to retroactively pay and reinstitute Software
Subscription services , then Motorola will provide those Software Subscription services
from the date such serv ices were reinstituted .
Exclusions
The Software Subscription program was designed to support Motorola's radio systems
business . The Software Subscription program does not cover the follow ing : P25
Subscriber equipment , Subscriber/Data Devices non -Motorola software , Radio Service
Software and related services ; Data Solution Operations ; equipment , software , and
services supplied to Motorola or Customer by PlantCML -(Motorola 's E911 solution
subcontractor); any hardware or software supplied to Customer by any Motorola business
sector other than Networks & Enterprise ; and software purchased by Customer from a
third party.
Software Subscript ion services do not , cover software support for virus attacks , games or
other applications that are not part of the System , unauthorized modifications or misuse
of the covered Software . Unless otherwise expressly provided in this ESS Statement of
Work , Motorola is not responsible for management of anti-virus or othe r security
applications (such as Norton ).
8.2 Motorola responsib ilities:
8.2 .1 Provide to Customer the software bullet ins announcing System Release .
ESS Statement of Wo rk -ASTRO 2 5
Approved 1-28 -08
12
8.2.2 Provide to Customer (in response to a Customer order) those Features included
in an System Release that apply to the Motorola Software in Customer's existing
System components .
8.2 .3 Perform the following Software upgrade design :
8.2 .3 .1 Review Infrastructure System audit data as needed.
8.2 .3.2 Identify additional System equipment needed to implement an System
Release, if applicable.
8.2.3.3 Complete a proposal defining the System Release , Equipment
requirements, installation plan, and impact to System users .
8.2.3.4 Advise Customer of probable impact to System users during the actual
field upgrade implementation .
8.2.4 Optional Features issued with a System Release are not included under this SSA
but are available to Customer, under a separate agreement at a discount from
current list price (20% for voice System Optional Features and 15% for data
System Optional Features).
8.3 Customer responsibilities :
8.3.1 Customer must contact its Motorola representative to order an available System
Release as directed in the Customer Support Plan .
8.3.2 Contact Motorola upon receiving a bulletin to engage the appropriate Motorola
resources for a System Release .
8.3.3 Cooperate with Motorola and perform all acts that are reasonable or necessary to
enable Motorola to provide these services to Customer
8.4 Special provisions: the following provisions apply to the Software Subscription services
8.4 .1 Customer acknowledges that if its System has a Special Product Feature,
additional engineering may be required to prevent an installed System Release
from overwriting the Special Product Feature . Upon request , Motorola will
determine whether a Special Product Feature can be incorporated into an
System Release and whether additional engineering effort is required.
8.4.2 Customer is encouraged to periodically install System Releases because they
may include minor performance enhancements and will keep the System current.
In addition , System releases may contain updated versions of third party
software enabling customers to obtain optimal support for these products.
Customer is encouraged to migrate the Motorola Software to the most current
System Release because Releases are availab le for a limited time . If
Customer's System is not maintained to a currently supported Equipment and
Software version , future System Releases may not be compatible with
Customer's existing System.
8.4 .3 Additional hardware , software, or engineering services may be required if
Customer desires to upgrade or migrate to a particular System Release other
than the one being offered. Depending on the size and complexity of Customer 's
System , Motorola may, pursuant to a separate agreement , provide consultation
services to determine the technological , operational and financial impact of
installing a particular System Release on the System. Such consulting services,
additional engineering services , and any additional hardware , and software are
available for an additional fee.
8.4.4 Customer may use the Software (including any System Release) only in
accordance with the applicable Software License Agreement. Nothing in this
Statement of Work or caused by Motoro la rendering these Software Subscription
services is intended to modify the Software License Agreement or to alter
Motorola's intellectual property rights in and to its Software .
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 25
Approved 1-28-08
13
8.4 .5 Software Subscription services do not include repair or replacement of hardware
or Software caused by defects that are not corrected by the System Release , nor
does it include repair or replacement of defects resulting from any nonstandard
or improper use or conditions or from unauthorized installation of Software.
9.0 Infrastructure Software Installation Statement of Work
9.1 Description Of Service
Infrastructure Software Installation provides the technical resources to install and activate
one (1) System Release per SSA during the ESS Period .
Exclusion
This service excludes the Software installation for the ASTRO 25 master site or any
Subscriber software installation .
9.2 Motorola responsibilities :
9.2 .1 Install System Release on infrastructure equipment only that has been provided
pursuant to the Software Subscription Statement of Work.
9.2.2 Install additional hardware and software as required by the System Release.
9.3 Customer responsibilities :
9.3 .1 Purchase additional Equipment needed to implement an System Release .
9.3.2 If applicable , purchase a Software upgrade for the ASTRO 25 master site .
9.3.3 If the Servicer is required to travel beyond two (2) hours or one hundred twenty
(120) miles by vehicle from the prime s ite to a remote site to deliver this service ,
the Customer is responsible for incremental travel and expenses incurred .
9.3.4 Inform System users of upgrade plans and scheduled System downtime .
Perform appropriate system backups and make them readily available during the
installation of the System Release.
9.3.5 Properly store and make available purchased software and hardware needed for
installation of the System Release .
10.0 System Audit Statement of Work
10 .1 Description of Service
A System Audit p rovides the technical resources to gather System configuration
information . Depend ing on the specific requirements for the audit , information such as
Software versions , hardware versions , model and serial numbers , equipment distribution
and System layout/architecture is gathered and reta ined by Motorola . Motorola will
provide a copy of the aud it data to Custome r.
10.2 Motorola responsibilities :
10 .2.1 Determ ine information to be collected in the audit , as described above .
10 .2.2 Contact Customer to schedule a mutually acceptable date and t ime for the audit ,
and inform Customer of scheduled System down -t ime in order to complete the
aud it.
10.2.3 Serv ice will be performed during a Standard Business Day.
10.2.4 Collect System audit data .
10 .2.5 Prov ide Customer a copy of the audit data collected .
10.2 .6 Notify Customer if malfunctioning Equipment is discovered during the audit and
whether that Equipment cannot be audited due to the malfunction .
ESS S tatement of Wo rk -ASTRO 2 5
Approved 1-2 8 -08
14
10 .3 Customer responsibilities:
10.3.1 Provide Motorola full, free , and safe access to the Equipment so that the Servicer
may collect the audit data.
10 .3.2 If a subscriber audit is required for either purchasing new P25 radios or
upgrading existing radio's to P25, the City of Fort Worth has the right to either
provide Motorola the required information , or allow Motorola to perform the
subscriber audit. Payment for the work will be negotiated at a future date .
10.3.3 If travel is required beyond two (2) hours or one hundred twenty (120) miles by
vehicle from the prime site to a remote site to deliver this service, the Customer
is responsible for incremental travel and expenses incurred .
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 25
Approved 1-28-08
15
Appendix 1
Connectivity Matrix
Private Network Connection
IPVPN
Standard solution for real time Connectivity
Dedicated bandwidth configuration provided to
monitor Customers
Protected from unauthorized intrusion
Encryption available
Connectivity ava ilable throuqh Motorola
Monitored Elements Table
Svstem Tvne
ASTRO 25
SECURITY ELEMENTS
(Monitoring and managing Security Elements is
dependent on Customer purchas ing Core Security
Management Server as Equipment with the Customer
System)
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 2 5
Approved 1-28-08
Eauipment
Packet Routing Network; Zone Controllers ; Database
Server; FullVision Server; Zone Statistical Server; Air
Traffic Router; System Stat istics Server; User
Configuration Server; Packet Data Gateway Server; PBX ;
Interconnect Server ; Motorola Gold Elite Gateway
(MGEG); AEB ; CEB ; Conventional Channel Gateway
(CCGW); Simulcast RF Site (Site Controllers,
Comparators , Stations); lntelli Repeater RF Site (Stations);
lntelli Site Repeater RF Site (Site Controllers , Stations);
Core , Exit , Gateway, Peripheral , Border, and Site routers ,
HP Switches master, prime , console and repeater sites
switches , GGSN ; CWR
MOSCAD Overlay (TenSr , Station , Channel Banks , TRAK
GPS , Site Power , Microwave)
DOES NOT INCLUDE MONITORING OF ANY MOSCAD
ALARM POINTS THAT DO NOT DIRECTLY IMPACT
THE PERFORMANCE OF THE RADIO NETWORK.
DOES NOT INCLUDE MONITORING OF ANYTHING
OUTSIDE OF THE RADIO NETWORK UNLESS
SPECIFICALLY STATED
Core Security Management Server, Intrusion Detection
Sensor, Firewall , Anti-virus Application , Servicer
Authentication , Centralized Logging Server
16
Severity Definitions Table
Severity Level Problem Types
Severity 1 . Response is provided Continuously
• Major System failure . 33 % of System down . 33 % of Site channels down . Site Environment alarms (smoke , access , temp , AC power.) as determined by SSC . . This level is meant to represent a major issue that results in an unusable system , sub-system ,
Product, or critical features from the Customer's perspective . No Work-around or immediate
solution is available.
Severity 2 . Response during Standard Business Day . Significant System Impairment not to exceed 33% of system down . System problems presently being monitored
• This level is meant to represent a moderate issue that limits a Customer's normal use of the
system , sub-system , product , or major non-critical features from a Customer's perspective .
Customer has the option to determine if nature of issue is of severity level 1 or severity level 2 .
Severity 3 . Response during Standard Business Day
• Intermittent system issues
• Information questions . Upgrades/preventative maintenance . This level is meant to represent a minor issue that does not preclude use of the system , sub-
system , product, or crit ical features from a Customer's perspect ive . It may also represent a
cosmetic issue , including documentation errors , general usage questions , recommendations
for product enhancements or modifications , and scheduled events such as preventative
maintenance or product/system uoarades.
OnSite Infrastructure Response Times Table
SEVERITY RESPONSE
Severity 1 Within 4 hours from receipt of Notification
Continuously offered
Severity 2 * Within 4 hours from receipt of Notification on a
Standard Business Day
Severity 3 * Within 24 hours from receipt of Notification on a
Standard Business Dav
*Standard Business Day
Remote Technical Support Response Times
SEVERITY RESPONSE
Severity 1 Within 1 Hour from receipt of Notification , Continuously
Severity 2* Within 4 Hours from receipt of Notification , Standard Business Day
Severity 3* Within next Business Dav, Standard Business Dav
*Standard Business Days
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 25
Approved 1-28-08
17
Ad vance dR epacement T bl a e
ASTRO 25 7.0 and higher
Infrastructure Exhibit
Antenna Systems
Base Station(s) and Repeater(s)
Central Electronics Bank(s)
Channel Bank(s)
Comoarator(s)
Computer(s )Ml orkstations/ Management
Terminals
Console(s)
Controller -trunking
Dictaphones and Recordina Eauipment
Dia ital Interface Unit(s)
Dig ital Signaling Modem(s)
Digital Voice Modem(s)
Embassy Switch
Firewall
Keyload Variable Loader
Logging Recorder
MBEX(s) or NOVA Interconnect
Microwave Equipment.
Monitor(s)
Moscad
Network Fault Management
Packet Data Gateway
Printer(s)
ESS Sta tement of Work -ASTRO 2 5
Approved 1-28 -08
Inclusions, Exclusions, Exceptions and Notes for Infrastructure
Repair (all items are subject to availability)
Excludes all Equipment such as bi-directional amplifiers , multicouplers ,
combiners , tower top pre-amplifiers , antennas , cables , towers , tower
liahting , and transmission lines
Includes Quantar, STR3000, GTR8000, GTR8000 HPD ,
lntelliRepeater/lSR . Quantar h igh power booster power amplifier,
power supply and control board
Excludes Fan Modules, Dua l C irculator Tray, Site RMC Tray
Includes Loaa ing Recorde r Interface and Network Hub.
Includes Premisys , Telco , IMACS models 600, 800 . Excludes
Siemens
Includes Astro-tac 9600 , GMC8000, Comparators .
Includes Pentium computers that directly interface with or control the
communications System , including SiteLens and Systemwatch II ,
PT800 tablet HP x1100 , HPx2100, HP xw4400-4600, HP VL600 , HP
VL800 , ML850 laptop , MW800, ML900, ML910 laptop . Includes
keyboards , mice and trackballs.
Excludes non-Motorola branded laptop computers and all 286 , 386,
486 computers ; defect ive o r phosphor-burned cathode ray tubes
CRT(s) and burned-in flat panel d isplay image retention .
Includes consoles (Centracom Gold series , MGEG , MCC5500,
MCC7500) Includes headset jacks, dual footswitches , gooseneck
microphones and Console Interface Electronics (CIE).
Excludes Centracom I.
Includes GCP8000, Site Controller PSC9600 , MTC9600, MZC5000,
Sun Netra 240 .
Excludes all types and models .
Included
Included upon modem model availability
Included upon modem model availability
Includes AEB , AIMI , ZAMBI , AMB
Includes Alteon Firewall L3351A , L3428A . Juniper Firewalls 8SG520,
8SG1000 .
Excludes all other technoloaies
Included
Includes NICE
Excludes all other technologies
Only have Avaya Telephone Interconnect in 6 .x/7 .x (DTl1000).
Hardware for DTl 1000 -Intel Serve r TSRL-T2 , TIGPR2U , and Avaya
Difinity PBX , 88300 , 88500.
Excluded
Includes all Moto rola certified monitors connected to computers that
directly interface with or control the communications System .
Excludes defective or phosphor-burned cathode ray tubes CRT(s) and
burned-in flat panel displays image ret ention . Monitors not shipped by
Motorola and/or cannot be confirmed by a Motorola factory order
number.
Includes FSA4000 (7.4 only), Only NFM (Network Fault Management),
as part of communication System only, RTU , ACE3600 RTU , SOM Site
Manager RTU . Standalone MOSCAD and System Control and Data
Acqu isition (SCADA) must be quoted separat ely . Excludes Fire
alarming systems .
Includes Full Vis ion . Use r Configuration Manager (UCM ), Zone
Confituration Manager (ZCM), Unified Event Manger (UEM ), Un ified
Network Configurator (UNG). Excludes NMC
Includes Non-Redundant, High Performance Data
Includes printers that directly interface with the communications
System .
18
Advanced Replacement Table (cont.)
Receive r(s)
Routers
Servers
Simulcast Distribution Amplifier(s)
Switch
Text MessaQinQ Serv ices
Un iversal Simulcast Controller lnterface(s)
UPS Systems.
Workstat ion
ESS Sta teme nt of Wo rk -ASTRO 2 5
A ppro ve d 1-2 8 -08
Includes Quantar, GTR8000 , GTR8000 HPD Receivers .
Excludes Fan Modules , Dual C irculator Trav , S ite RMC Trav
Includes ST5500 , ST5598 , S2500-S6000 , ASTRO Switch Routing
Center (CWR) ST6200A.
Excludes all other technoloaies
Includes Neira 240 , c PCI , HP DL360 , HP ML370 , hp ML 110,, HP
lnfoVista Server. IR8000 series , LX4000 series , Intel Server TSRL-T2 ,
TIGPR2U , Proventia 201 Linux IDSS , Provent ia GX4002C ,Trak9100.
Network Management Server includes cPCI Chassis , Power Supply,
Fan Tray , Controller Hard Drive , CD ROM Drive , Tape Drive , CPU ,
Client PC 's ,
Excludes Core security Management Server, Firewall Servers ,
Intrusion Detection Sensor Server , Monitors , Memory Module
0182915Y02, Rear Fan RLN5352 , Central Process Card 0182915Y01
Included
Avaya Difinity PBX , S8300 , S8500 . Nortel Passport 7480 , Cisco
Catalyst 6509 , HP 5308 LAN switch , HP ProCurve Switch 2524 , 2650 ,
2626 , ss 1100
HP DL360 Server
Included
Excluded
Included
19
Network Preventative Maintenance
ASTRO 25
CO-LOCATED/REMOTE SITE
Repeater(s ), Control Station (s )
Site Controlle rs
Route r/Switches
All Equipment
MASTER/PRIME SITE (RF Equipment)
Maste r/Prime Site Controlle rs
Router/Switches
ASTRO-TAC Comparators
Channel Bank
MASTER/PRIME SITE (Servers)
Misc Equipment
GPS
POWER
UPS
Generator
AC to DC Power Unit (RF equ ipment)
ESS S tatement of Wo rk -ASTRO 25
Approved 1-28 -08
Operational Check
TX Frequency in Hz
TX Power Output of Stat ion (Forward/Reflected)
TX Power Output o ut of Combiner (Forward/Reflected)
TX Low Speed Deviation
TX Test Pattern Deviation
TX BER
RX Tower/Rack Mounted Amplifier
RX RF Level at 5% BER at Rece iver and Through
Multi-Coupler
Receive r Desense/ Degradation do to S ite No ise and
T X Desense
Wirel ine Aud io Input & Output Levels
Check Liahts/Fan Operation
Check/Alian Frequency Standard
Roll to Redundant Controller
Test Site Trunkinq/Failsoft Modes (if possible)
Multiple Control Channel Sw itchina
Check Lights/Fan Operation
Check Diaanost ics/Alarms
Power Suooly Voltaqes
Check Liahts/Fan Operation
Roll t o Redundant Controller
Check Liahts/Fan Operation
Check fo r receive r to Comparator audio path
ACTAC 9600 Comparator All sites on line? V.24 link
health -link delays
Channel Bank/ transport health for all sites
( diaanostics/alarms)
Roll to Redundant Power Suooly
Master Site Servers health (diagnostics/alarms)
Complete backup of databases
Roll to Redundant Zone Controller (if possible)
Remote Access Test
Check all modems for proper levels & synchron ization
MBX/Other te lco interface common equipment
Roll to Redun dant Receive Reference Module
Frequency Standards (check 1 PPS , 5 MPPS ,
composite)
Check Power Suooly Voltaaes
Check Diaanostics/Alarms
AC/DC Voltaaes/Batteries
Switch -Over Operations
Sw itch to Generator Power
Sw itch to Battery Power
20
II.II ~r,,,inm<>nt
CONSOLES POSITIONS/REMOTES
TRUNKING TEST (Completed at all sites)
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 25
Approved 1-28-08
Check Diagnostics/Alarms
Audio Input & Output Level
Ethernet Operation
CEB/MCC Power Suooly Voltage , and AC Rioole
Switches , Lights , CRT
CEB/MCC Signal Levels
Wiring and Grounding for each Position
Check and Clean keyboards, CPU . CRT's
CEB/AEB/MCC diagnostics
Talkarouo Test
Multigroup Call
Private Call
Secure Call
21
Terms and Conditions for ESS
SECTION 1 SERVICE DESCRIBED
A. Motorola will provide ESS services for the Equipment in accordance with the following standards:
(i) Motorola parts or parts of equal quality will be used ; (ii) the Equipment will be serviced at levels
set forth in Motorola's product manuals; and (iii) routine service procedures that are prescribed by
Motorola will be followed.
B. At Customer's request, Motorola may provide additional services at Motorola 's then applicable
rates for such services.
C. Customer must maintain, and upon reasonable request by Motorola, provide a complete
equipment list indicating serial numbers, model numbers, and location of Infrastructure
Equipment.
D. Customer must specifically identify any Equipment that is labeled intrinsically safe for use in
hazardous environments.
E. Customer must immediately notify Motorola in writing when any Equipment is added , lost,
damaged, or stolen, or taken in or out of service .
F. Customer must notify Motorola immediately of any Equipment failure.
SECTION 2 EXCLUDED SERVICES
A. ESS Services exclude the repair or replacement of Equipment that has become defective or
damaged from use in other than the normal, customary, intended, and authorized manner; use
not in compliance with applicable industry standards; excessive wear and tear; or accidents,
liquids, power surges, neglect, acts of God, or other force majeure events .
B. Motorola has no obligation for any transmission medium , such as telephone lines , computer
networks , or the worldwide web, or for Equipment malfunction caused by such transmission
medium.
C. Unless specifically included in a writing executed by Motorola, Service of Equipment excludes
items that are consumed in the normal operation of the Equipment, such as batteries, magnetic
tapes, and computer supplies; upgrading or reprogramming of Equipment (unless part of an
System Release or replacement); accessories, belt clips, battery chargers, custom or special
products , or modified units; or repair or maintenance of any transmission line, antenna,
microwave equipment, tower or tower lighting, duplexer, combiner, or multicoupler.
SECTION 3 RIGHT TO SUBCONTRACT/ASSIGNMENT Assignment rights shall be governed by
Exhibit A to the System Purchase Agreement, General Provisions , Section 19.
SECTION 4 TIME AND PLACE OF SERVICE ESS Services will be provided at the location specified
in the ESS Statement of Work. When Motorola performs service at the Customer's location, Customer
will provide Motorola , at no charge , a non-hazardous and secure work environment with adequate shelter,
heat , air conditioning, light, and power , and with full and free access to the Equipment. Customer will
provide all information pertaining to the hardware and software elements of any system with which the
Equipment is interfacing so that Motorola may perform its services . Unless otherwise specified in the
ESS Statement of Work, the hours of service will be 8:30 a.m. to . 4:30 p.m., local time, excluding
weekends and holidays. Customer will pay any charges associated with helicopter or other unusual
access requirements or expenses .
SECTION 5 WARRANTY Motorola warrants that its services under this ESS program will be free of
defects in materials and workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of performance of the
services . MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED , INCLUDING
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE .
ESS Statement of Work -ASTRO 25
Approved 1-28-08
22
M&C ReviPW . ~
Official site of the City of Fort Worth, Te xas
City Council Agenda FORT\VORTH
~
COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 6/15/2010 -Ord. No. 19188-06-2010
DATE: 6/15/2010 REFERENCE NO.:
CODE: C TYPE:
C-24272
NON-CONSENT
LOG NAME: 04PUBLIC SAFETY
RADIO SYSTEM
PUBLIC HEARING: NO
SUBJECT: Authorize Execution of an Agreement with Motorola Inc ., Using a Houston-Galveston Area Contract for Equipment
and Professional Services to Install Public Safety Radio System Infrastructure at a Cost Not to Exceed
$1 ,700,000.00, and Adopt a Supplemental Appropriation Ordinance Increasing Appropriations in the Information
Systems Fund by the Same Amount and Decrease the Unaudited , Unreserved, Undesignated Fund Balance of
that Fund by the Same Amount
RECOMMENDATION:
It is recommended that the City Council :
1. Authorize execution of an Agreement with Motorola Inc., Using Houston-Galveston Area Contract No . RA 01-08 for Equipment
and Professional Services to install Public Safety Radio System Infrastructure for the Information Technology Solutions Department
at a cost not to exceed $1 ,700 ,000.00; and
2. Adopt the attached supplemental appropriation ordinance increasing appropriations in the Information Systems Fund by
~1,700,000.00 and decreasing unaudited, unreserved, undesignated fund balance by the same amount.
DISCUSSION:
This M&C is for the purchase of the required P25 digital interoperable radio infrastructure necessary to provide a minimum back-up
capability for the current aging public safety system and the prerequisite equipment to support a new radio site in southwest Fort
Worth needed due to annexations , and to provide the foundation for a new radio system. It includes a new "master switch" at our
Eagle Mountain Lake Radio Site and transmitter/receiver equipment at the downtown Burnett Plaza Radio Site as well as the
necessary equipment to allow communications between new technology used at new radio sites and the existing radio system .
City Radio Maintenance staff has worked to extend the life of the current system and it is now over 18 years old and beginning to
experience increasing failures and service degradations . Since the beginning of 2010 , there have been 14 incidents that resulted in
serious system-wide failures or performance degradations in the public safety system . Seven of those have occurred in the last 60
days. The system typically operates with 80 percent -90 percent capacity available but there have been instances of this capacity
dropping to 50 percent available simply due to the age and fragility of the system. When this happens , system users experience
"busy signals " preventing them from making calls . This has affected Police whose officers have had to use back up channels during
major events like speedway races to ensure officers at the events have an operational radio system to rely on . Although the system
has sufficient capacity for daily operations , significant events stress and in some cases overload it, reducing the system's capacity
and preventing communications . Key components of the radio system have now reached their end of life expectancy and are no
longer supported by the manufacturer. Additionally the current system is unable to support the interoperability goals as set forth in
the Texas Statewide Communications Interoperability Plan.
As the City annexes new areas , the radio system must be expanded to provide coverage in these areas . Plans currently are to start
an additional site in southwest/Walsh Ranch area of the City within the next year to provide radio coverage in this area. The
rastructure funded by this project is a prerequisite to installing this additional radio site. This new site will also improve coverage
areas that have substandard coverage .
http://apps.cfwnet.org/council__packetjmc_review.asp?ID =l3526&coundldate=6/l5/2010 (1 of 2) (6/16/2010 2 :07 :23 PM]
M&C Review . ...
Staff is actively putting together the replacement and funding plans for the current radio system . In May 2010 Council approved
M&C C-24221 authorizing staff to hire Buford Goff and Associates, Inc., (BGA) to develop a Master Plan for the Public Safety Radio
System, develop the Radio System Technical Architecture and to negotiate New Radio System Costs. BGA notes that upgrades of
this nature typically take 18-60 months from contract signing to final system acceptance . Staff has been pursuing grants to support
's project and received one for $1 .145 million that has been used to upgrade hand held and mobile radios to be compatible with
e new system . Additionally, staff is engaging with other radio system owners in the region and the North Central Texas Council of
Governments to establish a "county" wide interoperable radio system . The North Texas Interoperable Communications Coalition
(NTICC) is being created to provide seamless interoperability between jurisdictions and eliminating redundancy and reducing costs
as well as providing communications interoperability with other regions throughout Texas and the nation . Recently NTICC provided
the Mayors' Council an overview with regard to NTICC and an interoperable radio system for the county and was invited back to the
August meeting to provide a presentation . NTICC has recently initiated discussions with the Tarrant 911 District for possible
assistance . Additionally NTICC has begun pursuing federal funding. In the event staff decides that it is prudent for the City to
pursue federal funding as part of NTICC, the issue will be presented to the Legislative and Intergovernmental Affairs Committee
(LIAC) and if approved by the LIAC , then to City Council for addition of this issue to the "Support" element of the 2010 Federal
Legislative Program.
The IT Sourcing Initiative will have no impact on this project.
The Texas lnterlocal Cooperation Act permits joint participation by local governments, states , state agencies and non-profit
corporations to use the Houston-Galveston Area Council (H-GAC) Cooperative Purchasing Program. Purchases made by using H-
GAC procedures satisfy otherwise applicable competitive bidding requirements.
ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDER -An administrative change order or increase may be made by the City Manager for an
amount up to $50 ,000.00 and does not require specific City Council approval as long as sufficient funds have been appropriated .
M/WBE - A waiver of the goal for M/WBE subcontracting requirements was requested by the IT Solutions Department and
approved by the M/WBE Office because the purchase of goods or services is from sources where subcontracting or supplier
opportunities are negligible.
FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION:
The Financial Management Services Director certifies that upon adoption of the attached supplemental appropriations ordinance ,
funds will be available in the current operating budget, as appropriated, of the Information Systems Fund.
TO Fund/Account/Centers
Pl68 539120 0046020 $1,700,000 .00
Submitted for City Manager's Office by:
Originating Department Head:
Additional Information Contact:
ATTACHMENTS
"1PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO SYSTEM AO .doc
FROM Fund/Account/Centers
Pl68 539120 0046020
Karen Montgomery (6222)
Peter Anderson (8781)
Steve Streiffert (2221)
$1,700,000 .00
http://apps.cfwnet.org/council___packet;mc_review.asp?ID=l3526&coundldate=6/l5/2010 (2 of 2) [6/16/2010 2:07:23 PM ]